advertisement
ICP DAS PMC/PMD
(Power Meter Concentrator) Series
User Manual
[Version 3.1.8]
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Warning
ICP DAS Inc., LTD. assumes no liability for damages consequent to the use of this product. ICP DAS Inc., LTD. reserves the right to change this manual at any time without notice. The information furnished by ICP DAS Inc. is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by ICP DAS Inc., LTD. for its use, or for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties resulting from its use.
Copyright and Trademark Information
© Copyright 2017 by ICP DAS Inc., LTD. All rights reserved worldwide.
Trademark of Other Companies
The names used for identification only maybe registered trademarks of their respective companies.
License
The user can use, modify and backup this software on a single machine. The user may not reproduce, transfer or distribute this software, or any copy, in whole or in part.
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Table of Contents
System function area ......................................................................... 8
Rules management toolbar ...................................................... 8
Real-time information area .................................................... 11
System function toolbar ........................................................ 11
Sub-function area ........................................................................... 12
Data review/System setting area ....................................................... 12
Power Meter Information ................................................................ 15
Power Meter Information Overview ....................................... 15
Power Meter Statistics Information Overview ......................... 19
Other Information ................................................................ 20
I/O Information ................................................................... 20
Power Data Information .................................................................. 21
Overview ............................................................................ 21
Group Overview .................................................................. 22
Realtime Chart ............................................................................... 23
Power Meter Mode .............................................................. 23
Group Mode ........................................................................ 25
Historical Chart .............................................................................. 27
Historical Data Report ..................................................................... 29
Historical Electricity Analysis .......................................................... 32
Energy Usage Analysis by Trend ........................................... 32
Energy Usage Analysis by Time Period .................................. 34
Energy Usage Breakdown by Circuit/Group ........................... 36
PUE Information ............................................................................ 39
Real-Time ........................................................................... 39
History ............................................................................... 39
I/O Information .............................................................................. 41
I/O Realtime Chart ......................................................................... 42
I/O Historical Chart ........................................................................ 43
Event Log ...................................................................................... 45
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Polling Time Information ................................................................ 46
Modbus Table Information .............................................................. 46
UID Information ............................................................................. 47
Time Setting .................................................................................. 50
Network Setting ............................................................................. 52
VPN Setting (This function is for PMC-5151 only.) ........................... 56
SNMP Setting ................................................................................ 60
Security Setting .............................................................................. 63
I/O Interface Setting ....................................................................... 65
Other Setting .................................................................................. 68
Power Meter Group Setting ............................................................. 69
Group and Subgroup Viewing ............................................... 69
Group and Subgroup Setting ................................................. 70
Group and Subgroup configuration ........................................ 71
Setup the loops/phases of the subgroup .................................. 72
Loop/Phase of group configuration ........................................ 73
Firmware Update ............................................................................ 75
7 Power Meter & I/O Module Setting ............................................................. 78
Power Meter Setting ....................................................................... 79
Scan to add Modbus RTU Power Meters ................................ 80
Add Modbus RTU Power Meter Manually .............................. 81
Add Modbus TCP Power Meter Manually .............................. 83
Power Meter List Interface .................................................... 84
Modbus RTU Power Meter Setting ........................................ 85
Modbus TCP Power Meter Setting ......................................... 88
XW-Board/XV-Board Setting (PMD series does not support this function.)
XW-Board/XV-Board DI Channel Settings ............................. 90
XW-Board/XV-Board DO Channel Settings ............................ 91
XW-Board/XV-Board AI Channel Settings ............................. 93
XW-Board/XV-Board AO Channel Settings ............................ 96
I/O Module Setting ......................................................................... 97
Scan to Add ICP DAS M-7000/DL Modules ........................... 98
Add Modbus RTU Module (or M-7000/DL Module) Manually
Add Modbus TCP Module Manually .................................... 101
I/O Module List Interface ................................................... 102
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
M-7000/DL Module Setting ................................................ 103
Modbus RTU Module Setting .............................................. 108
Modbus TCP Module Setting .............................................. 120
Data Logger Setting ...................................................................... 123
Event Logger Setting .................................................................... 126
FTP Upload Setting ...................................................................... 127
Cloud Upload Setting .................................................................... 128
The Path of Data Log File ............................................................. 129
The format of the Power Data Logger file ....................................... 131
The format of the Power Report file ............................................... 133
The Format of User-Defined Data File ............................................ 136
Microsoft Azure Setting ................................................................ 137
IBM Bluemix Setting .................................................................... 142
MQTT Setting .............................................................................. 144
Broker Setting ................................................................... 144
Topic Import/Export Setting ................................................ 150
Email Setting ............................................................................... 153
SMS Setting ................................................................................. 157
SMS Alarm Setting ............................................................ 157
SMS Command Setting ...................................................... 159
SNMP Trap Setting ....................................................................... 163
LINE Notify Setting ..................................................................... 168
Message Setting ................................................................. 168
Chat Room Setting ............................................................. 170
Timer Setting ............................................................................... 173
Schedule Setting ........................................................................... 175
PUE Setting ................................................................................. 178
Internal Register Setting ................................................................ 180
IF Condition Setting ..................................................................... 185
ICP DAS Module ............................................................... 186
Modbus Module ................................................................ 190
Power Meter ...................................................................... 193
Microsoft Azure ................................................................. 194
IBM Bluemix .................................................................... 195
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
MQTT .............................................................................. 196
Connection Status .............................................................. 198
Timer ................................................................................ 198
Schedule ........................................................................... 199
Mobile Network Signal Strength .......................................... 199
FTP Upload Status ............................................................. 200
SD Card Status .................................................................. 201
Rule Status ........................................................................ 201
Internal Register ................................................................ 202
THEN/ELSE Action Setting .......................................................... 203
ICP DAS Module ............................................................... 204
Modbus Module ................................................................ 207
Power Meter ...................................................................... 209
Microsoft Azure ................................................................. 209
IBM Bluemix .................................................................... 210
MQTT .............................................................................. 212
Timer ................................................................................ 213
Email ................................................................................ 213
SMS Alarm ....................................................................... 214
SNMP Trap ....................................................................... 215
LINE Notify ...................................................................... 215
Data Logger ...................................................................... 216
Rule Status ........................................................................ 216
Internal Register ................................................................ 217
Appendix II ： Reset to Factory Default Setting and Send Password to Administrator
Appendix III ： Setup the GTM-203M-3GWA with PMC-5151 and PMD ............. 300
Appendix IV ： The configuration setting of M-7000/DL module ......................... 301
Appendix V ： The AI Channel setting of XW310C ............................................ 305
Appendix VI ： The SNMP Variables for PMC/PMD .......................................... 306
Appendix VII ： Change the value of output channel of module or Internal Register by
Appendix VIII ： The JSON format for the communication with IoT Platform ....... 319
Appendix IX ： PMC-52xx/PMD Connection setting for IoTstar .......................... 324
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
List of Figures
Figure1-1 : PMC/PMD System Architecture ..................................................... 2
Figure3-1 : PMC/PMD Login page .................................................................. 6
Figure4-1 : PMC/PMD Main Page ................................................................... 7
Figure4-2 : System Function Area (login as a Administrator) .............................. 8
Figure4-3 : System Function Area(login as a General user) ................................ 8
Figure4-4 : Rules management toolbar (login as a Administrator) ....................... 8
Figure4-5 : Rules management toolbar (login as a General user) ......................... 9
Figure4-9 : Confirm to logout (The settings are saved) ..................................... 10
Figure4-10 : Confirm to logout (The settings are not saved) ............................... 10
Figure4-14 : Power data Overview page ........................................................... 13
Figure4-15 : Select the classification of Power data ........................................... 13
Figure4-16 : Display power data of the selected classification ............................ 14
Figure5-1 : Information display options on Main Page ..................................... 15
Figure5-2 : Power Meter Information Overview .............................................. 16
Figure5-3 : The attribute of PM-3133 Power Meter ......................................... 16
Figure5-4 : The attribute of PM-3133-MTCP Power Meter ............................... 17
Figure5-5 : Real Time Power Information of PM-3133 .................................... 17
Figure5-6 : Real Time Power Information of PM-3114 .................................... 18
Figure5-7 : Real Time Power Information of PM-3112 .................................... 18
Figure5-8 : Power Meter Statistics Information ............................................... 19
Figure5-9 : Power Meter Other Information Page ............................................ 20
Figure5-10 : Power Meter I/O Information Page ............................................... 20
Figure5-11 : Power Data Overview Mode ........................................................ 21
Figure5-12 : Change Display List Button ......................................................... 22
Figure5-14 : Power Data Group Overview Mode .............................................. 22
Figure5-15 : Realtime Chart (Power Meter Mode) ............................................. 24
Figure5-16 : Realtime Chart (Group Mode) ...................................................... 26
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-18 : Historical Data Chart for power data ............................................. 28
Figure5-19 : Historical Data Table for power data ............................................. 29
Figure5-21 : Daily Report for PM-3133 ........................................................... 31
Figure5-22 : Daily Report for PM-3114 ........................................................... 31
Figure5-23 : "Total Accu. Electricity" report for Power Meters Group ................. 31
Figure5-24 : Energy Usage Analysis by Trend .................................................. 32
Figure5-26 : Inquiry by User-defined Mode ...................................................... 33
Figure5-27 : PM-3114 Energy Usage Analysis Trend Chart ................................ 34
Figure5-28 : Energy Usage Analysis by Time Period ......................................... 35
Figure5-29 : Time Histogram Chart for PM-3114 Loop 1 ................................... 36
Figure5-30 : Energy Usage breakdown by Circuit/Group ................................... 36
Figure5-32 : Energy Usage Breakdown by Circuit/Group Chart .......................... 38
Figure5-33 : PUE information - Realtime ......................................................... 39
Figure5-34 : PUE information - History(1) ....................................................... 40
Figure5-35 : PUE information - History(2) ....................................................... 40
Figure5-36 : I/O Information(login as Administrator) ........................................ 41
Figure5-37 : I/O Information(login as General User) ......................................... 41
Figure5-40 : User-Defined Historical Chart ...................................................... 43
Figure5-42 : Event Log information display ..................................................... 45
Figure5-44 : The Interface of Modbus Table Information ................................... 46
Figure5-45 : Inquiry result of Modbus Table Information ................................... 47
Figure5-46 : Power Meter UID Information Page .............................................. 48
Figure6-1 : System Setting Overview Page ..................................................... 49
Figure6-3 : Time Synchronization Setting ....................................................... 51
Figure6-4 : PMC-52xx/PMD Network Setting Page ........................................ 52
Figure6-5 : PMC-5151 Network Setting Page ................................................. 53
Figure6-6 : Signal Strength level and IP address for Mobile Network ................ 54
Figure6-8 : IoTstar connection setting page ..................................................... 56
Figure6-9 : Setting interface of VPN function ................................................. 57
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-10 : Setting interface of VPN function ................................................. 58
Figure6-11 : Security setting interface of VPN function ..................................... 59
Figure6-14 : The Address Setting for SNMP Manager ....................................... 61
Figure6-15 : The Working Model Setting for SNMP Manager ............................ 61
Figure6-16 : Save the SNMP Manager Setting .................................................. 62
Figure6-19 : Local FTP Server Setting Page ..................................................... 64
Figure6-22 : Function setting to connect to HMI or SCADA .............................. 66
Figure6-23 : Function setting to connect to Modbus RTU slave device ................ 67
Figure6-24 : I/O Function setting about LAN .................................................... 68
Figure6-26 : Power Meter Group Setting .......................................................... 69
Figure6-27 : Group and Subgroup Viewing ...................................................... 70
Figure6-30 : Subgroup Setting Window ........................................................... 71
Figure6-31 : Configurations for Subgroup ........................................................ 71
Figure6-32 : Loops/Phases of subgroup Setting ................................................. 72
Figure6-33 : Choose Loops/Phased of Subgroup ............................................... 73
Figure6-34 : Add Loops/Phases for Subgroup ................................................... 73
Figure6-35 : Configurations for Loops/Phased of Subgroup ............................... 73
Figure7-1 : Meter / Module Setting Page ........................................................ 78
Figure7-2 : Power Meter Setting Page ............................................................ 79
The “Scan” button to search Power Meter ...................................... 80
Figure7-4 : Set up the Scanning Range for the Power Meters ............................ 80
Figure7-5 : Scanning the Power Meters .......................................................... 81
Figure7-6 : The Power Meter List after Scan operation .................................... 81
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-7 : Select the actual Power Meter connected to PMC/PMD .................. 81
Figure7-8 : Set up the No and Address of the power meter ............................... 82
Figure7-9 : Select Modbus RTU Power Meter model ....................................... 82
Figure7-10 : Add the Modbus RTU Power Meter manually ................................ 83
Figure7-11 : Add Modbus TCP Power Meter .................................................... 83
Figure7-12 : Select Modbus TCP Power Meter model ........................................ 84
Figure7-13 : Add the Modbus TCP Power Meter manually ................................ 84
Figure7-17 : PM-3114-MTCP Setting Page ...................................................... 88
Figure7-19 : XW-Board DI attribute setting page .............................................. 91
Figure7-20 : XW-Board DO attribute setting page ............................................. 92
Figure7-21 : XW-Board AI attribute setting page .............................................. 93
Figure7-22 : AI Deadband Operation(> or >= a numerical value) ........................ 94
Figure7-23 : AI Deadband Operation(< or <= a numerical value) ........................ 95
Figure7-24 : AI Deadband Operation(= a numerical value) ................................ 95
Figure7-25 : XW-Board AO attribute setting page ............................................. 96
The “Scan” button to search M-7000/DL module ........................... 98
Figure7-28 : Set up the Scanning Range for the M-7000/DL module ................... 98
Figure7-29 : Scanning the M-7000/DL modules ................................................ 99
Figure7-30 : The M-7000/DL List after Scan operation ...................................... 99
Figure7-31 : Select the actual M-7000/DL modules connected to PMC/PMD ....... 99
Figure7-32 : Set up the No and Address of the Modbus RTU module ................ 100
Figure7-33 : Select the model of the Modbus RTU Module .............................. 100
Figure7-34 : Add the Modbus RTU Module manually ..................................... 101
Figure7-35 : Add Modbus TCP Module ......................................................... 101
Figure7-36 : Add the Modbus RTU Power Meter manually .............................. 102
Figure7-37 : Modbus module List Interface .................................................... 102
Figure7-38 : M-7000 DI Channel Setting Page ................................................ 104
Figure7-39 : M-7000/DL DO Channel Setting Page ......................................... 105
Figure7-40 : M-7000/DL AI Channel Setting Page .......................................... 106
Figure7-41 : M-7000 AO Channel Setting Page .............................................. 107
Figure7-42 : Modbus RTU Slave Module Setting Page .................................... 108
Figure7-44 : Coil Output Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module ................ 111
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-46 : Discrete Input Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module ............. 113
Figure7-48 : Input Register Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module ............. 116
Figure7-49 : Holding Register Setting Page .................................................... 117
Figure7-50 : Input Register Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module ............. 119
Figure7-51 : Modbus TCP Slave Module Setting Page(1) ................................. 120
Figure7-52 : Modbus TCP Slave Module Setting Page(2) ................................. 121
Figure8-1 : Data Logger Setting Page ........................................................... 122
Figure8-2 : Data Logger Setting Page ........................................................... 123
Figure8-3 : Event Logger Setting Page ......................................................... 126
Figure8-4 : FTP Upload Setting Page ........................................................... 127
Figure8-5 : Cloud Upload Setting Page ........................................................ 128
Figure9-1 : Microsoft Azure Setting Page ..................................................... 137
Figure9-2 : Microsoft Azure Publish Message setting page ............................. 139
“User-Defined Data” Setting Interface of IoT Platform ................. 140
Figure9-4 : Microsoft Azure Subscribe Topic setting page .............................. 140
Figure9-5 : IBM Bluemix Setting page ......................................................... 142
Figure9-6 : IBM Bluemix Subscribe Message setting page ............................. 143
Figure9-7 : MQTT Setting Page (Broker) ..................................................... 145
Figure9-8 : MQTT Broker Parameter setting page ......................................... 145
Figure9-9 : Publish Message and Subscribe Topic setting page ....................... 147
Figure9-10 : Publish Message Setting Page .................................................... 148
Figure9-11 : Subscribe Topic Setting Page ...................................................... 150
Figure10-2 : Email setting page(Name & Description)) ................................... 154
Figure10-3 : Email setting page(SMTP Server) ............................................... 155
Figure10-4 : Email setting page(Email Address) ............................................. 155
Figure10-5 : Email setting page(Email Content) .............................................. 156
Figure10-8 : SMS Command Setting Page (1)) ............................................... 159
Figure10-9 : SMS Command Setting for GET Command ................................. 161
Figure10-10 : SMS Command Setting for SET Command ................................. 161
Figure10-12 : SNMP Trap Setting Page ........................................................... 163
Figure10-13 : SNMP Trap Parameter Setting Page ............................................ 163
“Channel Data”Type Setting Page ............................................... 164
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Example of “Channel Data” Type Variable Binding List ................ 165
“User-Defined Data” Type Setting Page ...................................... 165
“User-Defined Data” Interface in Edit Mode ................................ 166
“User-Defined Data” Interface in View Mode .............................. 167
Figure10-19 : SNMP Trap setting with variable bindings list .............................. 167
Figure10-20 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (1) ........................................ 168
Figure10-21 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (2) ........................................ 169
Figure10-22 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (3) ........................................ 169
Figure10-23 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (4) ........................................ 170
Figure10-24 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (1) .................................... 171
Figure10-25 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (2) .................................... 171
Figure10-26 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (3) .................................... 172
Figure10-27 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (4) .................................... 172
Figure10-28 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (5) .................................... 172
Figure10-30 : Timer setting Page(Assign Period) .............................................. 174
Figure10-31 : Timer setting page(Internal Register) .......................................... 175
Figure10-33 : Calendar mode of Schedule setting ............................................. 176
Figure10-34 : Repeat mode of Schedule setting ................................................ 177
Figure11-4 : DI Counter condition setting page ............................................... 187
Figure11-6 : Discrete Input condition setting page ........................................... 190
Figure11-7 : Coil Output condition setting page .............................................. 191
Figure11-8 : Input Register condition setting page ........................................... 192
Figure11-9 : Holding Register condition setting page ...................................... 192
Figure11-10 : Power Meter condition setting page ............................................ 193
Figure11-11 : Microsoft Azure Connection Status condition setting .................... 194
Figure11-12 : Microsoft Azure Subscribe Message condition setting ................... 195
Figure11-13 : IBM Bluemix Connection Status condition setting ........................ 195
Figure11-14 : IBM Bluemix Subscribe Message condition setting ...................... 196
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-15 : Broker Connection Status condition setting .................................. 197
Figure11-16 : Subscribe Topic condition setting ................................................ 197
Figure11-17 : Connection Status condition setting page ..................................... 198
Figure11-19 : Schedule condition setting page .................................................. 199
Figure11-20 : Mobile Network Signal Strength condition setting page ................ 200
Figure11-21 : FTP Upload Status condition setting page .................................... 200
Figure11-22 : SD Card Status condition setting page ......................................... 201
Figure11-23 : Rule Status condition setting page ............................................... 201
Figure11-24 : Internal register condition setting page ........................................ 202
Figure11-25 : DI Counter action setting page ................................................... 204
Figure11-29 : Holding Register action setting page ........................................... 208
Figure11-30 : Power Meter Relay Action setting page ....................................... 209
Figure11-31 : Microsoft Azure Function Status action setting ............................. 210
Figure11-32 : Microsoft Azure Publish Message action setting ........................... 210
Figure11-33 : IBM Bluemix Function Status action setting ................................ 211
Figure11-34 : IBM Bluemix Publish Message action setting .............................. 211
Figure11-35 : Broker Function action setting page ............................................ 212
Figure11-36 : Publish Message action setting page ............................................ 212
Figure11-39 : SMS Alarm action setting page ................................................... 214
Figure11-40 : SNMP Trap Action Setting Page ................................................. 215
Figure11-41 : LINE Notify action setting page ................................................. 216
Figure11-42 : Data Logger action setting page .................................................. 216
Figure11-44 : Internal Register action setting page ............................................ 217
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
1 System Introduction
The PMC( P ower M eter C oncentrator)/PMD( P ower M eter Concentrator with D isplay) is an intelligent Power Meter Concentrator developed by ICP DAS. It features various functions such as: power data management, logic control, data logger and alarm notification functions. By using PMC/PMD solution; it is no longer required to write programming for power management system. It takes only a few clicks on the specific
Web HMI Interface provided by PMC/PMD to complete power management and logic control settings for monitoring the power meters connected to the system. This easy-to-use solution will dramatically reduce the labor and cost spent on power monitoring and management system.
PMC/PMD series products are including following models:
PMC-5231: Industrial IoT Power Meter Concentrator without local display.
PMC-5231M-3GWA ： 3G Industrial IoT Power Meter Concentrator without local display.
PMC-5231M-4GE ： 4G Industrial IoT Power Meter Concentrator without local display.
PMC-5231M-4GC ： 4G Industrial IoT Power Meter Concentrator without local display (Only support China).
PMC-5151: Power Meter Concentrator without local display.
PMD-2201: Power Meter Concentrator with 7' local display.
PMD-4201: Power Meter Concentrator with 10' local display.
PMC/PMD allows connections to ICP DAS power meters via RS-485 or Ethernet interface to read the power data of the devices measured by the power meters; and then real-time record the power data in the data file. PMC/PMD also provides data logger file auto send-back function; together with PMC Data Server software or
SCADA software, it allows collection and analysis of the power data.
1
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure1-1 : PMC/PMD System Architecture
With the built-in Web Server, it allows connection to PMC/PMD for power meter parameters and system settings via browser and allows viewing the real time or historical power data of the power meters. In addition to power data monitoring function, the PMC/PMD also could connect to ICP DAS XW-Board, XV-Board ,
M-7000/DL I/O modules and standard Modbus RTU/TCP Slave modules. By working with the I/O modules, and functions such as IF-THEN-ELSE logic rule execution and
Email/SMS Alarm Notification, PMC/PMD offers more thought-out power demand management and alarm notification functions, and is able to perform load shedding of the devices if required, and enables real-time monitoring and control of the power consumption of the devices. At the same time, with the Data Logger function on microSD card, the PMC/PMD could real-time record the power data and I/O channel data, and automatically sends back the data file to management center for further statistics and analysis; PMC/PMD also offers Modbus TCP/RTU Slave function that allows SCADA software or HMI devices to connect to PMC/PMD to get real-time power data of the devices via Modbus TCP/RTU protocol. In addition,
PMC-52xx/PMD series also support the MQTT protocol to connect with the MQTT broker for the message publishing and subscribing mechanism, and the connection
2
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual with the IoT service which Microsoft Azure and IBM Bluemix provide. The flexible integration ability with the SCADA/IoT/IT system make PMC-52xx/PMD a perfect concentrator of power meter in the Energy monitoring and management application of Industry 4.0 age.
When using PMC/PMD to build a power management and monitoring system, during the whole process of system development, no programming is required; it takes a few clicks on web page to complete all settings; it is easy for the user to quickly view the power data of the devices and furthermore process the data for statistics and analysis.
The PMC/PMD is an easy-to-use and easy-to-build total solution for power management and monitoring that makes more efficient energy usage.
PMC/PMD features:
Web-Based Operation
No extra software tool is required; all operations can be done through the Web browsers to build a power monitoring & management solution.
Built-in Web Server allows to set up the parameters of the power meters and view power data via browsers.
Power Data Display
Support ICP DAS Modbus TCP/RTU power meters.
Display real-time or historical power data (in data table or chart form).
Provides Daily and Monthly power data report.
Power Data Log
Provides real-time power data log of the power meters (in csv format).
Automatically send back power data files at scheduled time via FTP.
Allow to recover Data Log files when the network is resumed after temporary network disconnection.
Together with PMC Data Server software, it allows to import the content of the power data files into the Database system.
Power Demand Management and Alarm Notification
With built-in IF-THEN-ELSE logic engine that enables thought-out power demand management functions.
Support ICP DAS XW-Board, XV-Board, M-7000/DL modules and standard
Modbus RTU/TCP Slave modules for real-time I/O control and monitoring.
Provides Schedule function for device operation control.
Provides alarm message notification function via Email/SMS message/LINE message.
Local Display for On-Site operations (PMD only)
3
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PMD is equipped with local side TFT LCD (with Touch Panel). It provides an easy way for viewing the power data and setting the system parameters on sites.
Connection with SCADA/IT/IoT system
Support Modbus TCP/RTU Slave protocol that allows seamless integration with SCADA software.
PMC-52xx/PMD support the MQTT protocol. It can publish the power data of the power meter which connect to PMC-52xx/PMD to the MQTT broker, and receive the message of the Subscribe MQTT Topics which is published by others MQTT device for the using in the IF-THEN-ELSE logic rule.
PMC-52xx/PMD support the connection ability with the IoT Cloud Platform as Microsoft Azure, IBM Bluemix, etc. It work as the power meter concentrator in the IoT application to connect with power meters, collect and transfer the power data to the Cloud platform for future data analysis.
PMC-52xx/PMD also can receive the message which is published from the
Cloud platform for the corresponding actions at the field side.
Others
Offers access management for logic rule settings and encoded function for the content to avoid unauthorized access to the system.
PMC-5231M-4GE/4GC & PMC-5231M-3GWA supports 4G/3G Wireless data communication. With the 4G/3G SIM card, it can send the data logger files and Email alarm message back to the control center by 4G/3G Wireless
Network.
PMC-5231M-4GE/PMC-5231M-4GC/PMC-5231M-3GWA/PMC-5151/PMD equips SMS command receiving and alarm message notification function. It allows to include SMS alarm sending action into logic rules to send a pre-set
SMS message to related personnel when an event occurs. In addition, these power meter concentrators also allows to receive the SMS commands sending by specific phones numbers to perform tasks such as real-time channel monitoring, channel data modification and logic rules execution (triggered by
SMS), etc. (for SMS message operation, PMC-5151/PMD must connect with
GTM-203M-3GWA).
This document is intended to give you a full-range operations of web page to
PMC/PMD. You will be able to learn how to connect to power meters and I/O modules, how to display and log the power data, how to edit logic of the rules and how to download the rules to the PMC/PMD for conditional execution. For the operations of the local display of PMD series, please refer to "PMD user manual for
4
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual local operations".
2 Before Installation
Modify PMC/PMD‘s network settings to fit current network environment settings, and the default network settings of PMC/PMD is as follow:
IP ： 192.168.255.1
Subnet mask ： 255.255.0.0
Gateway address ： 192.168.0.1
DNS Server address ： 8.8.8.8 (default: Google DNS Server)
Steps
(1) Modify the network settings of the PC or Notebook to be the same network segment as PMC/PMD. For example:
IP ： 192.168.255.10
Subnet mask ： 255.255.0.0
Gateway address ： 192.168.0.1
(2) Connect PMC/PMD LAN1 to PC by network cable. (PMC/PMD is capable of auto-crossover)
(3) Start the browser and input http://192.168.255.1
in the address bar.
(4) Input default administrator password “ Admin
” to login into the page.
(5) After login in PMC/PMD web page, go to System Setting Network Setting, modify the network setting to fit current network environment. More detailed
setting information please refer to 6.2 Network Setting .
(6) Save the settings and connect PMC/PMD to the network.
Please Note:
1.
Before installing PMC/PMD, please finish the hardware installation of the
ICP DAS Power meter modules, and make sure all wiring connections are accurate.
2.
If there are the M-7000/DL modules or Modbus TCP/RTU Slave modules which will connect with PMC/PMD, please also finish the hardware installation of the M-7000/DL modules or Modbus TCP/RTU Slave modules, and make sure all wiring connections are accurate.
3.
One PMC/PMD allows connections to at most 24 ICP DAS Modbus power meters (including Modbus RTU and Modbus TCP power meters.).
4.
One PMC/PMD allows connections to at most 8 Modbus TCP/RTU Slave
I/O modules.
5
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.
A single I/O interface allows connections to at most 16 devices (Power meters and I/O modules).
3 System Login
When connect to PMC/PMD webpage server via Web browser ( IE 8 / Firefox 3.6 /
Chrome 14.0.8 version or above are recommended ), in order to get a better operation experience, 1280x1024 resolution is recommended. The Login page of PMC/PMD is shown as below:
Figure3-1 : PMC/PMD Login page
By inputting different passwords, two levels of authority are granted as follow:
Administrator (Default password: Admin )
Login as an administrator allows performing settings and reviewing of system information, power meter information and I/O modules information, it also allows performing Logic rule edition. Only one administrator is allowed to login into the system at the same time.
General User (Default password: User )
General users are allowed to view power meter data and I/O module information only; they are not allowed to perform any settings. It allows maximum 5 general users to login and get into the system at the same time.
Select your preferred language from the dropdown list in the “Language” field for the
Web page user interface (English, Traditional Chinese, Simplified Chinese). After login into the system, if the user want to change the language again, logout and re-select the language on the Login page.
Please note: Before starting the system, please make sure the browser you are using already enable JavaScript support, otherwise the system will not function properly.
6
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
4 System Main Page
After login into the system, PMC/PMD default home page will be displayed, and will automatically read settings of the PMC/PMD to the webpage.
A
B C
Figure4-1 : PMC/PMD Main Page
PMC/PMD main page could be divided into 3 areas:
A.
System function area
B.
Sub-function area
C.
Data review/System setting area
More detailed information for each area will be given in the following section.
7
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
4.1
System function area
System function area provides immediately access to the main functions of
PMC/PMD, such as: system settings, system real-time information display, rule files management, etc, shown as below:
A1
A3
A2
Figure4-2 : System Function Area (login as a Administrator)
System function area includes the following areas:
A1. Rules management toolbar
A2. Real-time information area
A3. System function toolbar
When login as a general user, the setting functions in Rules management toolbar and System function toolbar will be locked, and only allows viewing the power meter data, the I/O module data and Real-time system information. The interface is shown as below:
Figure4-3 : System Function Area(login as a General user)
Each function in system function area is as the flowing:
4.1.1
Rules management toolbar
Rules management toolbar allows user to perform different functions.
When login into the system as the administrator, the rule management toolbar will be shown as below:
Figure4-4 : Rules management toolbar (login as a Administrator)
8
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
If login as a general user, the rule management toolbar will be shown as below:
Figure4-5 : Rules management toolbar (login as a General user)
The functions of the Rules management toolbar are as follow:
“New” button allows resetting the settings of all parameters and Rules. Click on button and click on “OK”, the settings on
PMC/PMD webpage on the browser will be cleared. If the user would like to clear the setting on PMC/PMD, then continue to click on “Save” button to save the new settings (cleared settings) to the PMC/PMD.
Please note: once the settings are cleared and save to the
PMC/PMD, the settings will be cleared permanently.
Figure4-6 : Confirm to clear settings
“Load” button allows to load all parameter settings and rule settings on PMC/PMD. Click on button and click “OK” to load all parameter settings and rules settings from PMC/PMD to the web page for further edition.
Figure4-7 : Confirm to load settings
“Save” button allows to save all parameter settings and Rule settings to PMC/PMD. Click on button and click “OK” to save all parameter settings and Rule settings from the web page of
PMC/PMD to the PMC/PMD.
9
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure4-8 : Confirm to save settings
“Logout” button allows to log out the system, click on button and click “OK” to logout the system.
Figure4-9 : Confirm to logout (The settings are saved)
If the settings are not saved to the PMC/PMD before performing logout, a warming message will appear as below:
Figure4-10 : Confirm to logout (The settings are not saved)
Please note :
1.
All the edited settings on the webpage have to be saved to
PMC/PMD to make all settings take effect; before click on button, the settings will only be saved on the Web page site, not in the PMC/PMD.
2.
Please DO NOT logout or close the web page during the process of the edition, otherwise all pre-set settings on the page will be disappeared.
In addition, on the left side of the Rules management toolbar, the user could give a nickname for this PMC/PMD in the nickname field for easy recognition.
10
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
4.1.2
Real-time information area
Real-time information area allows display of current free space and approximate number of days available to save of the microSD card of the PMC/PMD and the real-time system information, shown as below:
Figure4-11 : Real-time information area
Allows display of the current free space and approxmiate number of days available to save of the micro SD card in PMC/PMD.
Allows display of real-time system information, click on “Instant Message”to open up the list of real-time information, maximum 10 information will be kept on the list.
Figure4-12 : Real-time information list
4.1.3
System function toolbar
According to the level of login permission, the System function toolbar will be different. If login as an administrator, all parameter settings and data review function will be enabled; more detailed information of the functions will be give in the following sections.
The System function toolbar includes the following function options:
Chapter 7: Power Meter/ I/O Module Setting
Chapter 8: Data Logger Setting
Chapter 9: IoT Platform Setting
If login as a general user, they are allowed to view real-time information on Main Page only; they also do not have the permission to edit the settings of the parameters and the rules.
11
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
4.2
Sub-function area
Sub-function area will display detailed functions under the selected System function. The user could edit or review detailed function options in the
Sub-function area. On the upper Sub-function area, the path of current function will be displayed to show the current function path.
Figure4-13 : Current function path
4.3
Data review/System setting area
Data review/System setting area allows to set system parameters and data review of PMC/PMD, the content of this area will be varied according to the sub-function selected. When the user login into the page, the Data review/System setting Area of the Main Page will be Power Data overview page, it will display all power information of the power meters that are connected to the PMC/PMD, shown as below:
12
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure4-14 : Power data Overview page
Power data overview page display the power data of the power meters that connected to the PMC/PMD. Depend on the requirement to select the desired classification of the power data to display the desired power data.
The page refreshes every 20 sec, the user could also click “Refresh” button to refresh the data immediately.
The power data classification includes the following options:
V(Voltage), I(Current), kW(Real Power), kvar (Reactive Power), kVA
(Apparent Power), PF (Power Factor), kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily
Accumulated Electricity, Monthly Accumulated Electricity, Yearly
Accumulated Electricity, Daily Carbon Emissions, Monthly Carbon
Emissions, Yearly Carbon Emissions, Hourly Maximum Demand, Daily
Maximum Demand, Monthly Maximum Demand, Actual Demand and
Forecast Demand. The displayed power data will be varied according to the selected power data classification.
Figure4-15 : Select the classification of Power data
13
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure4-16 : Display power data of the selected classification
“Connection Status” will reveal the connection status between the power meter and PMC/PMD, the graphic indicators are as follow:
: Online : Offline : Connecting
14
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5 Main Page
On the Main Page, 10 information display options are as follow: Power Meter
Information, Power Data Information, Realtime Chart, Historical Chart, Historical
Data Report, Historical Electricity Analysis, PUE Information, I/O Information, Event
Log, Polling Time Information, Modbus Table Information and UID information, shown as follow:
Figure5-1 : Information display options on Main Page
5.1
Power Meter Information
Power Meter Information page displays detailed power data information including: Power Meter Information Overview and Power Meter Statistics
Information Overview.
5.1.1
Power Meter Information Overview
After getting into this page, the system will display real-time power information of the selected power meter. To display desired power meter data information, select the power meter from the dropdown list of the “Power Meter List”. The page refreshes every 20 seconds, the user could also click “Refresh” button to refresh the data immediately.
Power Meter Information Overview includes the following sections:
15
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-2 : Power Meter Information Overview
Power Meter Attribute
The Power Meter Attribute section will display different information according to different power meters and the ways they are connected to the PMC/PMD. Currently PMC/PMD supports connecting to power meter via Modbus RTU (Figure 5-3) or Modbus TCP(Figure
5-4). If the power meter is connected via Modbus RTU, it will display the Power Meter Number (No.), Com Port, Address, Module
Name. If the power meter is connected via Modbus TCP, it will display the Power Meter Number (No.), IP, Port, NetID, Module
Name.
Figure5-3 : The attribute of PM-3133 Power Meter
16
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-4 : The attribute of PM-3133-MTCP Power Meter
Real Time Power Information
In this section, it provides real time power data information of the selected Power Meter. For 3 phase power meter, it will display real time information of Phase A, Phase B and Phase C(Figure 5-5).For single phase power meter, it will display real time information of
Loop 1, Loop2, Loop3, and Loop4(Figure 5-6). For PM-3112 will display real time information of Loop 1 and Loop2 (Figure 5-7).
Figure5-5 : Real Time Power Information of PM-3133
17
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-6 : Real Time Power Information of PM-3114
Figure5-7 : Real Time Power Information of PM-3112
Reset Accumulated Value of the Power Meter
When login as the Administrator, it allows to click on “Reset” to reset the value of kWh, kvarh, and kVAh to be 0 if required.
Please Note: After performing the reset function to reset the value of the kWh, kvarh, and kVAh of the selected power meter, the resetting operation is irreversible.
18
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.1.2
Power Meter Statistics Information Overview
On the Power Meter Statistics Information Overview page, the
Demand Information section will display the Actual Demand, Forecast
Demand, Contract Capacity, Hourly Maximum Demand, Daily
Maximum Demand and Monthly Maximum Demand, etc.
In the
Statistics Information section, the Daily/Monthly/Yearly Accumulated
Electricity and Daily/Monthly/Yearly Carbon Emissions for each loop will be displayed.
Figure5-8 : Power Meter Statistics Information
Reset Power Meter Statistics information
When login as an administrator; the user could click on “Reset” button to set the values such as: Daily/Monthly/Yearly Accumulated
Electricity and Daily/Monthly/Yearly Carbon Emissions to default values if required.
19
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.1.3
Other Information
In the "Other" information page, users can view or setup the PT
Ratio 、 CT Ratio 、 Phase Sequence 、 Wiring Mode 、 Voltage Mode and other specific parameters of the power meter.
Figure5-9 : Power Meter Other Information Page
5.1.4
I/O Information
In the "I/O" information page, the I/O status of the power meter will be listed. When login as the Administrator, it allows click on “Status” to perform output operations. When login as a general user, it only allows to view I/O status, the output operation is not allowed.
Figure5-10 : Power Meter I/O Information Page
20
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.2
Power Data Information
Power data information can be displayed in two modes (Overview and
Group Overview), user can change the viewing mode according to the requirements; more detailed information will be introduced in the following sections.
5.2.1
Overview
Power Data Information overview mode allows display of power data of different power meters at the same time. Select the classification from the dropdown list of the Data Classification field; it will list the requested data from various power meters for easy comparison. The page refreshes every 20 seconds, the user could also click “Refresh” button to refresh the data immediately.
Figure5-11 : Power Data Overview Mode
The graphic indicators next to the power meter will reveal the connection status of the power meter, the indicators are as follow:
： Online ： Offline ： Connecting
Click on “Change display list” (Figure 5-12) to bring up the Power
Meter List window(Figure 5-13). Select the power meter to be displayed in the power meter list, click “OK” to complete the settings.
21
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-12 : Change Display List Button
Figure5-13 : The Power Meter List
5.2.2
Group Overview
Power Data Information group overview mode allows display of power
data of pre-set group of power meters (please refer to 6.8 Power Meter
Group Setting ). The page refreshes every 20 seconds, the user could also
click “Refresh” button to refresh the data immediately.
Figure5-14 : Power Data Group Overview Mode
22
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Select Group
Select the group from the dropdown list in the “Select Group” field. If no group is pre-set, the inquiry operation will be disabled.
Select Subgroup
Select the subgroup from the dropdown list in the “Select Subgroup” field. User can select one subgroup to view or select “All” to view power data of all subgroups.
Data Classification
The power data classification includes the following options:
V(Voltage), I(Current), kW(Real Power), kvar (Reactive Power), kVA
(Apparent Power), PF (Power Factor), kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily
Accumulated Electricity, Monthly Accumulated Electricity, Yearly
Accumulated Electricity, Daily Carbon Emissions, Monthly Carbon
Emissions, Yearly Carbon Emissions, Hourly Maximum Demand,
Daily Maximum Demand, Monthly Maximum Demand, Actual
Demand and Forecast Demand. The displayed power data will be varied according to the selected power data classification.
5.3
Realtime Chart
Realtime Chart allows display of power information of the power meter in real-time trend and pie chart. Realtime Chart can be displayed in two modes
(Power Meter mode and Group mode). The users can change the viewing mode according to their requirements. The detailed description is as follow:
5.3.1
Power Meter Mode
Select the power meter from the dropdown list of the Power Meter List and select the classification from the dropdown list of the Data
Classification field, and then click on “Inquiry” button, it will show the chart.
Power Meter List
All power meter connected to the PMC/PMD will be list on the dropdown list of the Power Meter List, if no power meter is connected, the inquiry operation will not be able to perform.
Data Classification
Data Classification allows to inquire various power data options, including: V(Voltage), I(Current), kW(Real Power), kvar (Reactive
Power), kVA (Apparent Power), PF (Power Factor), kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
23
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated Electricity, and Actual Demand.
Please refer to Figure 5-15 for an example of Realtime Chart for “Power
Meter Mode”. Each time the Realtime Chart displays only one power information classification. If a different power information classification is inquired, previously displayed chart will be closed automatically. The user could choose desired power data classification to view the corresponding
Realtime Chart. The chart refreshes every 5 seconds.
Figure5-15 : Realtime Chart (Power Meter Mode)
There are three function icons on the upper area of the Power Meter
Realtime Chart:
The icon allows to pause the update of the chart, only the data within the 25 minutes will be displayed. The user could click and drag on the chart and move forward or backward to show desired time zone.
Click to resume the update of the chart. To view the data on a specific marker, move the mouse over the marker to display the data value.
24
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
icon allows to hide the markers on the chart; click on button to show the markers on the chart.
“Connection Status” will reveal the connection status of the power meter, the graphic indicators are shown as follow:
: Online : Offline : Connecting
5.3.2
Group Mode
Select the option from the dropdown lists of the Group, Subgroup and the Data Classification field, and then click on “Inquiry” button, it will show the chart.
Group
The preset group lists will be shown on the dropdown list of the
Group, if no group is pre-set, the inquiry operation will not be able to perform.
Subgroup
According to the selected Group option, the corresponding subgroups will be listed. If the selected Group contains no subgroup or the subgroup doesn’t setup any loop/phase of the power meter, the inquiry operation will not be able to perform.
Data Classification
Data Classification allows to inquire various power data options, including: V(Voltage), I(Current), kW(Real Power), kvar (Reactive
Power), kVA (Apparent Power), PF (Power Factor), kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily Accumulated Electricity, and Actual Demand.
Please refer to Figure 5-16 for an example of Realtime Chart for “Group
Mode”. Each time the Realtime Chart displays only one power information classification. If a different power information classification is inquired, the previously displayed chart will be closed automatically.
The user could choose desired power data classification to view the corresponding Realtime Chart. The chart refreshes every 5 seconds.
25
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-16 : Realtime Chart (Group Mode)
There are three function icons on the upper area of the Power Meter
Realtime Chart:
The icon allows to pause the update of the chart, only the data within the 25 minutes will be displayed. The user could click and drag on the chart and move forward or backward to show desired time zone.
Click to resume the update of the chart. To view the data on a specific marker, move the mouse over the marker to display the data value.
icon allows to hide the markers on the chart; click on button to show the markers on the chart.
icon will show the connection status of the power meters of the subgroup, the graphic indicators are shown as follow:
: Online : Offline : Connecting
26
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.4
Historical Chart
Historical Chart allows display of the value and chart of power data in historical trend. Select the power meter from the dropdown list of the Power
Meter List, choose the classification from the dropdown list of the Data
Classification and then specify the date from the dropdown list of the Date.
The interface is shown as below. User also can click the "Download CSV" button to download the csv file of the specify power meter for the specify the date.
Figure5-17 : Historical Chart Inquiry
Power Meter List
All power meter connected to the PMC/PMD will be list on the dropdown list of the Power Meter List, if no power meter is connected, the inquiry operation will not be able to perform.
Data Classification
Data Classification allows to inquire various power data options, including: V(Voltage), I(Current), kW(Real Power), kvar (Reactive
Power), kVA (Apparent Power), PF (Power Factor), kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
Daily Accumulated Electricity, and Actual Demand.
Date
The dates that are available for power data retrieval will be displayed.
Please note, if no log file is available, the inquiry operation will not be performed.
Click on “Inquiry” to display the power data historical statistic chart (Figure
5-18) and table (Figure 5-19) of the selected date range. If the selected date does not contain the file or exceeds the date of the file storage range, a message “No file exists” will be displayed. The Historical Data Chart and
Historical Data Table are shown as below:
27
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Historical Data Chart
The historical power data of specified classification will be displayed in historical chart. The user could select the range on the below region or drag and move on the chart to adjust the viewing range. Move the mouse cursor close to the marker, the value will be displayed.
Figure5-18 : Historical Data Chart for power data
On the upper left of the Historical Chart, there are 4 function icons.
Set the Historical Chart to be default status.
Zoom in the Y-axis of the Historical Chart
Zoom out the Y-axis of the Historical Chart
Hide the markers on the Historical Chart. Show the markers on the Historical Chart
Historical Data Table
Historical Data Table will display the requested historical power data; the historical power data of selected classification of each loop (or phase) will be listed.
28
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-19 : Historical Data Table for power data
On the lower left of the Historical Data Table, there are 5 function icons.
Go to the first page.
Go to previous page.
Go to specific page.
Go to next page.
Go to last page.
5.5
Historical Data Report
The Historical Data Report allows display of the power data report of desired power meter; specify the power meter, power classification and date range to inquire the data, shown as below:
Figure5-20 : Historical Data Report inquiry
Power Meter List
All power meter connected to the PMC/PMD and the Power Meter
29
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Groups will be listed on the dropdown list of the Power Meter List.
When a single power meter is selected, a power data report of the specified power meter will be generated. If a power meter group is selected, a report of the "Total accumulative electricity" of all power meters in this group will be generated. If no power meter is connected to PMC/PMD, the inquiry operation will not be able to perform. About
the setting of Power Meter Group, please refer to 6.8 Power Meter
Report Type
Allow to inquire Daily Report, Weekly Report, Monthly Report or
Annual Report options.
Report Date
The dates that are available for data retrieval will be displayed.
Please note: if no log file is available, the inquiry operation will not be performed.
Click on “Inquiry” or ”Download” to display/download the Historical Data
Report of the selected date range. If the selected date does not contain the file or exceeds the date of the file storage range, a message “No file exists” will be displayed. For the number of loops of power meters are different, the data report will be in different format, please refer to Figure 5-21 for the
Daily Report of 3-phase power meter and Figure 5-22 for the Daily Report of single phase power meter.
30
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-21 : Daily Report for PM-3133
Figure5-22 : Daily Report for PM-3114
Figure5-23 : "Total Accu. Electricity" report for Power Meters Group
31
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.6
Historical Electricity Analysis
Historical Electricity Analysis can be done in 3 ways: Energy Usage Analysis by Trend, Energy Usage Analysis by Time and Energy Usage Breakdown by
Circuit/Group. The user can query electricity analysis for specific date by selecting Chart Type, Data Classification, Date and Loop(s)/Phase(s); the following section will provide more detailed information:
5.6.1
Energy Usage Analysis by Trend
The users could specify the data classification and the time range under this section, and then select the loop(s)/phase(s) to be inquired; the corresponding Energy Usage Analysis will be displayed in Trend chart format.
Figure5-24 : Energy Usage Analysis by Trend
Function Type: The user can select one of the following three options for electricity analysis: Energy Usage Analysis by Trend, Energy
Usage Analysis by Time Period and Energy Usage Breakdown by
Circuit/Group.
Data Classification: includes V (voltage), I (current), PF (power factor), Energy Usage (KWh), and Maximum Demand.
Chart Type: Provides Yearly Chart 、 Monthly Chart and Daily Chart.
Date: Select the date range to be queried (the system will provide the date range can be queried)
Inquiry Mode ： The user can select one of the following two options
32
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual for inquiring: group mode and user-defined mode.
Group ：
In group mode, the user can select group and subgroup to inquire the energy usage analysis of loops/phases of the power meters in the format of trend chart. If no group is pre-set, the user will not be able to perform inquiry operation.
Figure5-25 : Inquiry by Group Mode
User-defined ：
In user-defined mode, all power meters connected to the
PMC/PMD will be listed. If no power meter is connected, the user will not be able to perform inquiry operation. The minimum loop/phase to be queried is 1 loop/phase.
Figure5-26 : Inquiry by User-defined Mode
Click on “Inquiry” button to display the trend of Energy Usage Analysis for the specified date range. If the selected date does not contain the file or exceeds the date of the file storage range, a message “No file exists” will be displayed. The trend of Energy Usage Analysis data of specified
33
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual classification will be displayed in historical chart. The user could select the range on the below region or drag and move on the chart to adjust the viewing range. Move the mouse cursor close to the marker, the value will be displayed.
Figure5-27 : PM-3114 Energy Usage Analysis Trend Chart
On the upper left of the Energy Usage Analysis by Trend Chart, there are
4 function icons.
Set the Energy Usage Analysis by Trend Chart to be default status.
Zoom in the Y-axis of the Energy Usage Analysis by Trend
Chart.
Zoom out the Y-axis of the Energy Usage Analysis by Trend
Chart.
Hide the markers on the Energy Usage Analysis by Trend
Chart. Show the markers on the Energy Usage Analysis by
Trend Chart.
5.6.2
Energy Usage Analysis by Time Period
The users could specify the data classification and the time range under this section, and then select the loop(s)/phase(s) to be inquired; the corresponding Energy Usage Analysis by Time Period will be displayed in histogram chart to show the annual, quarterly or monthly
34
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual energy usage comparison for each year.
Figure5-28 : Energy Usage Analysis by Time Period
Function Type: The user can select one of the following three options for energy analysis: Energy Usage Analysis by Trend, Energy Usage
Analysis by Time Period and Energy Usage Breakdown by
Circuit/Group.
Select Loop/Phase: All power meters connected to the PMC/PMD will be listed. If no power meter is connected, the user couldn’t perform inquiry operation.
Data Classification: includes V (voltage), I (current), PF (power factor), Energy Usage (KWh), and Maximum Demand.
Chart Type: Provides Yearly Chart, Quarterly Chart and Monthly
Chart.
Date: Select the date range to be queried (the system will provide the date range can be queried)
Click on “Inquiry” button to display the Energy Usage Analysis by Time for the specified date range. If the selected date does not contain the file or exceeds the date of the file storage range, a message “No file exists” will be displayed. The Energy Usage Analysis by Time Period will be displayed in the lower region in histogram chart. Move the mouse cursor close to the histogram chart, the value will be displayed.
35
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-29 : Time Histogram Chart for PM-3114 Loop 1
5.6.3
Energy Usage Breakdown by Circuit/Group
The users could specify the data classification and the time range under this section, and then select the loop(s)/phase(s) to be inquired; the corresponding Energy Usage Breakdown by Circuit/Group will be displayed in category pie chart to show the Energy Usage Proportion of the loops/phases.
Figure5-30 : Energy Usage breakdown by Circuit/Group
Function Type: The user can select one of the following three options
36
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual for energy analysis: Energy Usage Analysis by Trend, Energy Usage
Analysis by Time Period and Energy Usage Breakdown by
Circuit/Group.
Data Classification: includes V (voltage), I (current), PF (power factor), Energy Usage (KWh), and Maximum Demand.
Chart Type: Provides Yearly Chart, Monthly Chart and Daily Chart.
Date: Select the date range to be queried (the system will provide the date range can be queried).
Inquiry Mode ： The user can select one of the following two options for inquiring: group mode and user-defined mode.
Group ：
In group mode, the user can select group and subgroup to inquiry the energy usage analysis of loops/phases of the power meters in the format of proportion chart. If no group is pre-set, the user will not be able to perform inquiry operation.
Figure5-31 : Inquiry by Group Mode
User-defined ：
In user-defined mode, all power meters connected to the
PMC/PMD will be listed. If no power meter is connected, the user will not be able to perform inquiry operation. The minimum loop/phase to be queried is 1 loop/phase.
Click on “Inquiry” button to display the Energy Usage Breakdown by
Circuit/Group for the specified date range. If the selected date does not contain the file or exceeds the date of the file storage range, a message “No file exists” will be displayed. The Energy Usage Breakdown by
Circuit/Group will be displayed as category pie chart in the lower region.
Move the mouse cursor close to the category pie chart, the value will be displayed. The electricity usage information will be listed as table below.
The maximum and minimum value of the loop/phase will be listed on the table. If the Data Classification of the inquired data is Electricity Usage
(KWh), the statistic information of total Energy Usage will also be listed on the table.
37
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-32 : Energy Usage Breakdown by Circuit/Group Chart
38
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.7
PUE Information
Power Usage Effectiveness(PUE) information can be displayed in two modes(Real-Time and History), users can change the viewing mode according to the requirement ； more detailed information is as below:
5.7.1
Real-Time
"Real-Time" overview mode allows display of the multiple PUE values which are calculated by "Total Facility Energy" and "IT Equipment
Energy" preset by users. The page refreshes every 20 seconds, the user could also click "Refresh" button to refresh the data immediately.
Figure5-33 : PUE information - Realtime
5.7.2
History
"History" overview mode allows display of the PUE data in historical trend. Select the PUE option from the dropdown list of the PUE List, choose the classification from the dropdown list of the Chart Type and then specify the date from the dropdown list of the Date. The interface is shown as below:
39
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-34 : PUE information - History(1)
PUE List ： All PUE options which are preset by users will be listed on the dropdown list of the PUE List, if no PUE option is preset, the inquiry operation will not be able to perform.
Chart Type ： Provides Daily Chart and Monthly Chart.
Date ： The dates which are available for PUE data retrieval will be displayed. Please note, if no log file is available, the inquiry operation will not be performed.
Click on “Inquiry” to display the PUE data historical statistic chart
(Figure 5-35) of the selected date range. If the selected date does not contain the file or exceeds the date of the file storage range, a message
“No file exists” will be displayed.
Figure5-35 : PUE information - History(2)
40
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.8
I/O Information
The I/O Information page will display the real-time values of the Internal
Registers of the PMC/PMD and the real-time I/O channels values of all I/O modules (including XW Board, M-7000 or DL Modules, Modbus RTU
Modules and Modbus TCP modules) that are connected to the PMC/PMD.
If login as the Administrator, it allows to modify the values of Internal
Registers or output values of the DO/AO channels (Figure 5-36). If login as a general user, they are allowed to view the values of Internal Registers and the I/O channels (Figure 5-37) only.
Figure5-36 : I/O Information(login as Administrator)
Figure5-37 : I/O Information(login as General User)
The graphic indicator on the right side of the I/O modules will reveal the connection status of the module, the graphic indicators are as follow:
: Online : Offline : Connecting
41
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.9
I/O Realtime Chart
I/O Realtime Chart allows display of real-time channel data of the I/O module in trend style. Select the I/O module from the dropdown list of the
"I/O module List", the classification from the dropdown list of the "Type" field, the I/O channel from the "Channel Selector" field then click on
“Inquiry” button, it will show the chart. The interface is shown as below:
Figure5-38 : I/O Realtime Chart
There are three function icons on the upper area of the I/O Realtime Chart:
The icon allows to pause the update of the chart, only the data within the 25 minutes will be displayed. The user could click and drag on the chart and move forward or backward to show desired time zone.
Click to resume the update of the chart. To view the data on a specific marker, move the mouse over the marker to display the data value.
icon allows to hide the markers on the chart; click on button to show the markers on the chart.
“Connection Status” will reveal the connection status of the I/O module, the graphic indicators are shown as follow:
: Online : Offline : Connecting
42
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.10
I/O Historical Chart
I/O Historical Chart allows display of I/O channel historical data of the
Data Logger in trend style. Specify the date from the dropdown list of the "Date" field, select the I/O channel from the "Channel Selector" field, then click on “Inquiry” button, it will show the chart. The interface is shown as below. User also can click the "Download CSV" button to download the csv file of the Data Logger for the specify date.
(Using
PMC-52xx/PMD as an example):
Please Note ： The PMC-5151’s I/O historical data is from User-Defined
Data Logger. The PMC-52xx/PMD’s I/O historical data is from I/O Data
Logger and User-Defined Data Logger.
Figure5-39 : I/O Channel Historical Chart
Figure5-40 : User-Defined Historical Chart
43
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Date
The dates that are available for channel data retrieval will be displayed. Please note, if no log file is available, the inquiry operation will not be performed.
Channel Selector
All Channel of the User-Defined Data Logger will be list on the dropdown list of the "Channel Selector" List, if there is no any channel in the User-Defined Data Logger, the inquiry operation will not be able to perform
Click on “Inquiry” to display the channel data historical statistic chart
(Figure 5-40) of the selected date. If the selected date does not contain the file or exceeds the date of the file storage range, a message “No file exists” will be displayed. The Historical Data Chart is shown as below:
Figure5-41 : I/O Historical Data Chart
On the upper left of the Historical Chart, there are 4 function icons.
Set the Historical Chart to be default status.
Zoom in the Y-axis of the Historical Chart
Zoom out the Y-axis of the Historical Chart
Hide the markers on the Historical Chart. Show the markers on the Historical Chart
44
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.11
Event Log
The Event Log page allows to view the list of system event logger information when login as the Administrator.
Figure5-42 : Event Log information display
The Event Log record including the following information:
The PMC/PMD failed to read data of the power meter(s).
Change the network settings on the PMC/PMD.
Save settings to the PMC/PMD.
Change the system time setting.
Reset accumulated power data of the power meter to 0.
Transfer Data Logger files to FTP server succeeded or failed.
When performing firmware upgrade, record the transfer of the firmware file to the PMC/PMD is succeeded or failed.
The upgrade of the firmware is succeeded or failed.
45
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
5.12
Polling Time Information
Users can check the polling time of each modules and power meters which are connected with PMC/PMD currently. The "Polling Time Information
Page" is as below:
Figure5-43 : Polling Time Information
The graphic indicator on the right side of the No. will reveal the connection status of the module, the graphic indicators are as follow:
: Online : Offline : Connecting
5.13
Modbus Table Information
The user can query and print the detailed modbus address information of
the modules which are connected to PMC/PMD. Please refer to Appendix I
for more detailed Modbus address description.
Figure5-44 : The Interface of Modbus Table Information
46
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Module Type
“
Module Type
” includes 4 options :
Power Meter, I/O Module,
XW-Board, XV-Board and Other Information
Module Name
According to the selected “Module Type” option, the corresponding module name or information of “Module Name” will be listed.
Click on “Inquiry” to display the Modbus table information of the selected module. The users can click on the "Print" button to print this Modbus address table.
Figure5-45 : Inquiry result of Modbus Table Information
5.14
UID Information
Users can check the UID information of each power meters which are connected with PMC/PMD currently. The "UID Information" page is as below:
47
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure5-46 : Power Meter UID Information Page
Users can click "Export" button to export the UID information as CSV file.
48
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
6 System Setting
System Setting includes 6 options: Time Setting, Network Setting, SNMP Setting,
Security Setting, I/O Interface Setting, Power Meter Group Setting and Other Setting.
When you get into the System Setting page, the system settings information of this
PMC/PMD will be displayed, as shown below:
Figure6-1 : System Setting Overview Page
The user could view system setting information of PMC/PMD or perform firmware
49
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
update on this page. For firmware update operations, please refer to 6.9 Firmware
6.1
Time Setting
On the Time Setting page, it allows to set the time of PMC/PMD and Time
Synchronization function. The setting interface is as below:
Figure6-2 : Time Setting Page
When get into this page, the system will read and display current time of the
PMC/PMD. To modify the system time of PMC/PMD, set up the date and time on the “Time Setting page section” and then click “save” to complete the settings. The user could click on “Load” in the “Time Duplication” to synchronize the system time of the computer where the browser located and the system time of the PMC/PMD. The PMC/PMD also provides SNTP
Time Server function that allows to set up Time Synchronization to sync the clock through network. The following figure illustrates the set up interface:
50
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-3 : Time Synchronization Setting
Follow the steps below to set up Time Synchronization Setting: i.
In the “Function Status” field, check “Enable” to enable the Time
Synchronization function. ii.
In the “SNTP Time Server” field, input the IP address or domain name of the SNTP Time Server. There are 3 default SNTP Time Servers, the user could modify the address to use other server. Click “Use Default SNTP
Time Servers” to restore the default Time Server settings. iii.
The default Port number setting is “123”, currently it is not allowed to be modified. iv.
In the “Sync Interval” field, select the time interval to specify how often will the PMC/PMD automatically connect to SNTP time server for time synchronization through the network. The user could set the time interval to be 6, 12, or 24 hours. v.
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
In addition, users can select the time zone of the PMC/PMD location from the dropdown list in the “Time Zone” field, and enable the daylight saving time function in the “Daylight Saving Time” field if required.
51
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
6.2
Network Setting
Network Setting allows making a change to network configuration, web server port or Modbus settings on the PMC/PMD. The following figure illustrates the configuration interface. Please Note ： PMC-52xx/PMD series only support LAN1 setting.
Figure6-4 : PMC-52xx/PMD Network Setting Page
52
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-5 : PMC-5151 Network Setting Page
Each time when the user enters this page, it will read and display current network configuration and port settings from the PMC/PMD. In the
“Connection mode” field, please select the connection mode as “Obtain an
IP address automatically (DHCP)” or “Specify an IP address”, then modify
IP/Mask/Gateway/DNS Server IP configuration. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes. After the network configuration is completed, the user could login into PMC/PMD webpage via LAN1 or LAN2, and is able to retrieve data via Modbus TCP. In the
53
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
“Port Setting” section, the user can modify the Web Server Port/ Modbus
TCP Port/ Modbus NetID. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
The Network Setting (Mobile Network) section is for user to complete the setting of 4G/3G Mobile Network of PMC-5231M-4GE(or
4GC)/PMC-5231M -3GWA. The default Dial-up number is “*99#”. User can change it by the proprietary number provided by the
Telecommunication Service Company. To configure the setting for "APN" and "Authentication" field, please refer to the document provided on the
PMC Web page. "Mobile Code" is an optional setting. It depends on the service the Telecommunication Service Company provides. If the user select the "Automatic Connection When Power On" option, it will enable the PMC-5231M-4GE(or 4GC)/PMC-5231M-3GWA to complete the
4G/3G Network connection automatically when power on PMC. User can click the "Connection Testing" button to test the 4G/3G Network connection status between the PMC-5231M-4GE(or 4GC)/PMC-5231M
-3GWA and the 4G/3G Wireless Network.
Please Note: In order to complete the connection to the 4G/3G Network, please remember to disable the PIN code setting of the SIM used in PMC-5231M-4GE(or 4GC)/PMC-5231M
-3GWA.
After completing the 4G/3G Mobile Network setting, the connection status between PMC and 4G/3G Mobile Network can be shown on the System
Setting Page; and the connection status (Connect or Disconnect) can be changed manually. This section also displays the strength level of the 3G
Signal and the IP address that PMC-5231M-4GE(or 4GC)/PMC-5231M
-3GWA occupies through 4G/3G Network.
Figure6-6 : Signal Strength level and IP address for Mobile Network
PMC-52xx also provides the Dynamic DNS service. The following figure illustrates the configuration interface:
54
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-7 : DDNS Setting Page
Follow the steps below to set up Dynamic DNS service: i.
Click the services tabs on the right-top corner of “Dynamic DNS service”. System provides two items for selection as “Service 1” and
“Service 2”. User can enable one Dynamic DNS service for normal status, or enable two Dynamic DNS services for the redundant service. ii.
In the “Service Provider” field, select the provider of Dynamic DNS services from the dropdown list. Currently system provides 4 service providers for selection as “ChangeIP.com”, “FreeDNS”, “DynDNS” and “No-IP”. User can also select “Disable” to disable the service. iii.
If user selects “No-IP”, “ChangeIP.com” or “DynDNS”, please enter the
ID, Password and Domain Name to login the service. If user selects
“FreeDNS”, please insert the Token to login the service. iv.
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
PMC-52xx/PMD also provide the connection ability to the ICP DAS
IoTstar Cloud Manager Software. For more detailed information, please
Please Note ： ICP DAS IoTstar Cloud Manager System only support
PMC-52xx/PMD controller.
55
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-8 : IoTstar connection setting page
Please note:
1.
PMC/PMD adopts Google DNS server as system default DNS server, the default IP is “8.8.8.8”, the IP can be modified to other DNS server IP if required.
2.
If the connection mode is “Specify an IP address”, then you make modification to the IP address, the system will logout automatically and re-connect to the web page automatically based on the new setting. If the connection mode is “Obtain an IP address automatically (DHCP)”, the system may fail to re-connect to the web page because the IP address is changed. Please use PMC Utility to search the PMC/PMD, get the new IP address of PMC/PMD, and then launch browser to connect to the
PMC/PMD with the new IP address.
6.3
VPN Setting (This function is for PMC-5151 only.)
PMC-5151 supports VPN(Virtual Private Network) function to connect with the virtual private network. With this function, it enhances the flexibility of the maintenance and management of the PMC-5151. The setting interface is as below:
56
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-9 : Setting interface of VPN function
When setting up the parameters of the VPN connection, please setup correct and suitable settings of the VPN server, TCP/IP and security according to the parameters of the remote VPN server. Please click "Test" or "Save" button to test or save the settings. The description of these two buttons are as below:
Test" button
The system will test the VPN connection settings. If the connection is failed, please confirm the settings again.
"Save" button
The system will save the VPN connection settings. If the "Function
Status" is "Enable", the system will start the VPN connection, and the connection status will be shown on " System Setting Page " as below:
57
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-10 : Setting interface of VPN function
Please note:
1.
When using VPN IP address to login the system, the below functions will be disabled:
The network settings of LAN1 and LAN2
If the user wants to modify the settings of LAN1 or LAN2, please use the IP address of LAN1 or LAN2 to login the system.
The testing function of VPN
If the user wants to test the settings of VPN connection, please use the IP address of LAN1 or LAN2 to login the system.
2.
When the user is using the VPN IP address to login the system and save the VPN settings, the system will logout the user and redirect the webpage to the new VPN IP address automatically. If the user is not sure about the new VPN IP address, please use the IP address of LAN1 or
LAN2 to login the system and go to the " System Setting Page " to inquiry the VPN settings.
3.
When the VPN connection is failed due to security issues, please check if the security settings of the remote VPN servers are matched with the
VPN security settings of the PMC-5151. Please refer to the description of the web setting page as below
58
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-11 : Security setting interface of VPN function
59
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
6.4
SNMP Setting
The PMC/PMD provides SNMP(Simple Network Management Protocol)
V1 and V2c to work with the SNMP Network Management software for monitoring the system data, power meter data and I/O module data. The
SNMP Setting page allows you to enable or modify the settings of the
SNMP function on the PMC/PMD. The following figure illustrates the set up interface:
Figure6-12 : SNMP Setting Page
Please follow the steps below for the SNMP Settings ： i.
In the “Version” field, select the SNMP version that you want to use.
Currently PMC/PMD supports SNMP V2c and V1 protocol, ii.
In the “Read Community Name” field, input a string for “Read
Community Name” for SNMP function . The default string is “public”.
iii.
In the “Write Community Name” field, input a string for “Write
Community Name” for SNMP function. The default string is
“private”. iv.
In the “Trap Community Name” field, input a string for “Trap
Community Name” for the SNMP function. The default string is
“public”. v.
In the “Contact” field, input the “Contact” string.
60
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual vi.
In the “Location” field, input the “Location” string,
The SNMP Manager List is a list for all SNMP Managers which will interact with the SNMP Agent of PMC/PMD. Please follow the steps as below to perform the setting for SNMP Managers. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Figure6-13 : SNMP Manager List i.
Set up IP Address or domain name of the SNMP Manager that you want to add. Please set up the Address appropriately, if the settings are not the same as the settings of the SNMP Manager, the interaction between PMC/PMD and the SNMP Manager will be failed.
Figure6-14 : The Address Setting for SNMP Manager ii.
Click to Enable (or Disable) the working model between the SNMP
Manager and the SNMP Agent of PMC/PMD. Currently PMC/PMD provides two working models as Read/Write (Polling) and Trap for
SNMP Manager.
Figure6-15 : The Working Model Setting for SNMP Manager
61
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Please Note: If no "Read/Write" field on the list is enabled to accept the Read/Write commands, indicating that it will allow accepting the
Read/Write commands from ANY SNMP Manager. iii.
After completing the IP address and working model setting, please click button to add the SNMP Manager to the list. After adding the SNMP Manager, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Figure6-16 : Save the SNMP Manager Setting
62
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
6.5
Security Setting
Security Setting allows user to change the password that is required when access to PMC/PMD. The user could also modify the settings of FTP Server and Idle Time. The Security Setting page is as follow:
Figure6-17 : Security Setting Page
Password Setting
PMC/PMD provides two passwords sets, one for Administrator, the other for Guest.
The default password for Administrator is “Admin” and
“User” for Guest.
The user can modify the password in the “Password
Setting” section; the Password length is limited to 16 characters. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
In addition, if login as the Administrator, in the “Administrator Profile
Setting” section, the users could input an email address, once the password is forgotten or lost, the PMC/PMD could send an email with
63
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual the passwords (administrator and guest) to this email address, for more
detailed information, please refer to Appendix II .
Figure6-18 : Password Setting Page
Local FTP Server Setting
In this section, it allows to enable or disable the FTP Server function on the PMC/PMD side. The user could connect to PMC/PMD FTP Server via FTP software to remotely retrieve event log or data record file. To enable this function, check “Enable” in the “Server Status” field. The default password is “
Admin
”, the user could modify the password of the
FTP Server on the PMC/PMD side if required.
Figure6-19 : Local FTP Server Setting Page
64
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Idle Time Setting
After the administrator login into the PMC/PMD page, when the idle time exceeds the pre-set time interval (default is 10 minutes), the administrator will be automatically logout. The idle time could be set as
Disable/10/20/30/60 minutes, after the setting is completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Figure6-20 : Idle Time Setting Page
6.6
I/O Interface Setting
I/O Interface Setting allows to setup the function settings on COM Port or
LAN of PMC/PMD. The setting interface is shown as below (Using
PMC-5151 as an example):
Figure6-21 : I/O Interface Setting Page
The I/O interface functions for PMC/PMD are as below.
Model I/O interface function
COM1 (RS-232 ) ： Reserved specifically for Modbus
RTU Slave for connections to HMI or SCADA.
COM2/COM3 (RS-485)
： Reserved for Modbus RTU
Master to connect Modbus RTU slave devices or for
PMC-5151 Modbus RTU Slave to connect HMI or SCADA.
LAN ： LAN connection is by default set for Modbus
TCP Slave to connect HMI or SCADA. It can also be set for Modbus TCP Mater to connect Modbus TCP devices.
PMC-52xx
COM2 (RS-232 ) ： Reserved specifically for Modbus
65
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
RTU Slave for connections to HMI or SCADA.
COM3/COM4 (RS-485)
： Reserved for Modbus RTU
Master to connect Modbus RTU slave devices or for
Modbus RTU Slave to connect HMI or SCADA.
LAN ： LAN connection is by default set for Modbus
PMD-2201
TCP Slave to connect HMI or SCADA. It can also be set for Modbus TCP Mater to connect Modbus TCP devices.
COM1/COM2 (RS-485)
： Reserved for Modbus RTU
Master to connect Modbus RTU slave devices or for
Modbus RTU Slave to connect HMI or SCADA.
LAN ： LAN connection is by default set for Modbus
TCP Slave to connect HMI or SCADA. It can also be set for Modbus TCP Mater to connect Modbus TCP devices.
COM1/COM2 (RS-485)
： Reserved for Modbus RTU
PMD-4201
Master to connect Modbus RTU slave devices or for
Modbus RTU Slave to connect HMI or SCADA.
COM3 (RS-485 ) ： Reserved specifically for Modbus
RTU Slave for connections to HMI or SCADA.
LAN ： LAN connection is by default set for Modbus
TCP Slave to connect HMI or SCADA. It can also be set for Modbus TCP Mater to connect Modbus TCP devices.
The following section will introduce how to set I/O interface for different functions:
Connect to HMI or SCADA via COM Port
Figure6-22 : Function setting to connect to HMI or SCADA
66
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The settings steps are as below: i.
In the “Baudrate” field, select the Baudrate from the dropdown list, the
Baudrate of PMC/PMD and HMI or SCADA have to be set the same. ii.
In the “Parity” and “Stop bits” fields, set up the Parity and Stop bits.
The Parity and Stop bits of PMC/PMD and HMI or SCADA have to be set the same. iii.
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Connect to Modbus RTU slave device via COM Port.
Figure6-23 : Function setting to connect to Modbus RTU slave device
The settings steps are as below: i.
In the “Baudrate” field, select the Baudrate from the dropdown list, the
Baudrate of PMC/PMD and Modbus RTU slave device have to be set the same. ii.
In the “Parity” and “Stop bits” fields, set up the Parity and Stop bits.
The Parity and Stop bits of PMC/PMD and Modbus RTU slave device have to be set the same. iii.
In the “Silent Interval” field, input the time interval between successive sending of commands from the PMC/PMD to the Modbus RTU slave device, the unit will be millisecond (ms).
Please Note: After the “Baudrate” is selected, the system will automatically generate a proper value in the “Silent Interval” field.
For each Modbus RTU Slave device has different Modbus command process capability, the response time for sending result from Modbus
RTU Slave device to PMC/PMD might be different. The user can adjust this value to most appropriate time interval, such as: extend this value to make sure every Modbus RTU Slave device connected to
67
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual the PMC/PMD has enough time to process the Modbus command, or shorten this value to improve the efficiency of the poll mechanism between Modbus RTU Slave device and PMC/PMD.
iv.
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Connect to HMI (or SCADA) and Modbus TCP Slave device via LAN
Figure6-24 : I/O Function setting about LAN
The LAN function on PMC/PMD is by default set for Modbus TCP
Slave to connect HMI or SCADA. User can also select the “Modbus
TCP Master” Checkbox to enable the Modbus TCP Mater function for connecting to Modbus TCP Slave devices through Ethernet.
6.7
Other Setting
In the “Other Setting” section, it allows to set up Contract Capacity Setting,
Demand Interval Setting and Carbon Footprint Setting. The setting interface is shown as below:
Figure6-25 : Other setting page
Contract Capacity Setting
68
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
In this section, it allows to enable and set Contract Capacity. To enable the Contract Capacity function, click on “Enable” and input the Contract
Capacity. Click “Save” button to save the settings. The Contract
Capacity being set will be displayed on the System Setting main page.
Demand Interval Setting
In this section, it allows to set Demand Interval Setting. The system will calculate the demand according to this demand interval. The default interval is 15 minutes; the user could set the interval to be 15/30/60 minutes. Click “Save” button to save the settings.
Carbon Footprint Setting
In this section, it allows to set Carbon Footprint Setting. Please input the
Carbon Footprint factor based on the Carbon Footprint factors for countries worldwide that the International Energy Agency (IEA) published.
6.8
Power Meter Group Setting
The power meter group setting function allows user to create groups that contain specific loops/phases of power meters for easy group classification.
These pre-set groups can be inquired in “Power Data Information” and
“Historical Electricity Analysis” pages for power data analysis. The power meter group setting page is shown as below:
Figure6-26 : Power Meter Group Setting
Please refer to the following chapters to setup the group/subgroup and click the “Save” button to save the changes.
6.8.1
Group and Subgroup Viewing
Click the group or subgroup bar to expand/hide the lists.
69
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-27 : Group and Subgroup Viewing
6.8.2
Group and Subgroup Setting i
Click the “Set up” button (
) of group or subgroup to open the setting window.
Figure6-28 : Group Setting
Figure6-29 : Subgroup Setting ii Input the group/subgroup name and click to add this
70
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual group/subgroup to the lists. Click “Close” button to return to group setting page.
Figure6-30 : Subgroup Setting Window
6.8.3
Group and Subgroup configuration
Figure6-31 : Configurations for Subgroup
The group/subgroup configurations can be done on the
Group/Subgroup Setting page. Please select the group/subgroup first and click on the function button to perform the configurations:
Change Name ： Click the radio button in front of the group and click on “Change Name” to change the name of selected group. Click “OK” button to save the changes.
Move Up ： Click the radio button in front of the group name and click on “Move Up” to move the group to upper order
(upper index number (No.)).
Move Down ： Click the radio button in front of the group
71
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual and click on “Move Down” to move the group to lower order
(lower index number (No.)).
Copy ： To copy the settings of a pre-set group to the new group, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set group and then click on “Copy”, a new group (in sequence) will be added to the list and the settings of the old group will be copied to this newly added group.
Remove ： Click the radio button in front of the group and click on “Remove” to remove the selected group.
Close ： Click the “Close” button to return to group setting page.
6.8.4
Setup the loops/phases of the subgroup i
Click the “Set up” button (
) of subgroup to open the setting window.
Figure6-32 : Loops/Phases of subgroup Setting ii Select the loop/phase of the power meter and click to add this loop/phase to the lists. Click “Close” button to return to group setting page.
72
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure6-33 : Choose Loops/Phased of Subgroup
Figure6-34 : Add Loops/Phases for Subgroup
6.8.5
Loop/Phase of group configuration
Figure6-35 : Configurations for Loops/Phased of Subgroup
73
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The loop/phase of subgroup configurations can be done on the Power
Meter Loop Setting page.. Please select the loop/phase first and click on the function button to perform the configurations:
Move Up ： Click the radio button in front of the loop/phase name and click on “Move Up” to move the loop/phase to upper order (upper index number (No.)).
Move Down ： Click the radio button in front of the loop/phase and click on “Move Down” to move the loop/phase to lower order (lower index number (No.)).
Remove ： Click the radio button in front of the loop/phase and click on “Remove” to remove the selected loop/phase.
Close ： Click the “Close” button to return to group setting page.
74
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
6.9
Firmware Update
PMC/PMD allows to update firmware via browser, after the update is completed; the PMC/PMD doesn’t require to reboot. Please follow the steps below: i.
Please contact ICP DAS service to obtain the latest version of the
PMC/PMD firmware file. ii.
Go to “System Setting” page, under the “Firmware Update Setting”, click on “Browse”.
Figure6-36 : Firmware Update(1)
75
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual iii.
Browse through to select the new firmware file and click “Open”.
Figure6-37 : Firmware Update(2) iv.
Click “Update” to update the firmware.
Figure6-38 : Firmware Update(3) v.
Click “OK” to start the firmware update, to cancel the firmware update, click “Cancel”.
Figure6-39 : Firmware Update(4)
76
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual vi.
Updating the firmware
Please note: when the firmware update process is started, please DO
NOT close the update window or perform any system modification, or may result in unexpected failures.
Figure6-40 : Firmware Update(5) vii.
Click “OK” to complete the update process. After the update is completed, please clear the cache and cookies on your browser . If the update process is failed, please perform the update again.
Figure6-41 : Firmware Update(6)
77
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7 Power Meter & I/O Module Setting
Meter / Module Setting page allows to perform settings of the power meters and I/O
Modules that are connected to the PMC/PMD. After getting into the setting page, the overview page will display current setting of the power meters and I/O Modules that are connected to the PMC/PMD, shown as below:
Figure7-1 : Meter / Module Setting Page
More detailed information for each function setting will be given in the following sections:
78
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7.1
Power Meter Setting
On the “Power Meter Setting” page, it allows to set up the settings of the
Modbus RTU and Modbus TCP power meters that are connected to the
PMC/PMD. The Power Meter Setting page is shown as below(Using
PMC-5151 as an example):
Figure7-2 : Power Meter Setting Page
On the Power Meter Setting page, a list for all power meters connected to the PMC/PMD will be displayed. Please follow the following sections to perform settings for Modbus RTU and Modbus TCP power meters. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Please note:
1.
PMC/PMD provides 2 COM Port(RS-485) interface that allows connections to Modbus RTU power meters.
2.
PMC/PMD provides LAN interface that allows connections to Modbus
TCP power meters. For more detailed information about LAN settings
3.
One PMC/PMD allows connections to at most 24 ICP DAS Modbus
TCP/RTU power meters (with maximum 16 Modbus TCP Power
Meters), and 8 Modbus I/O modules.
Each RS-485 interface (with Modbus RTU Master) can connect to
Max. 16 power meters.
Support at most 4 ICP DAS PM-4324 series Power Meters.
79
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7.1.1
Scan to add Modbus RTU Power Meters
Perform “Scan” to automatically build a list of Modbus RTU power meters that are connected to the PMC/PMD. The steps are as below: i Before performing the scan of the power meters, please make sure the RS-485 wirings connecting to the PMC/PMD and the power meters function well, and make sure the settings of the addresses of the power meters are completed. ii Click to start the scan of Modbus RTU power meters that are connected to the PMC/PMD.
Figure7-3 : The “Scan” button to search Power Meter iii When the Scan page appears (Figure 7-4), input the starting address and the ending address of the Modbus address that are going to perform scan. Click on “Scan”, the system will start to scan the power meters that match the settings previously set, to cancel the scan, click on “Cancel”.
Figure7-4 : Set up the Scanning Range for the Power Meters iv When the system is performing the scan (Figure 7-5), the address that are performing scan will be dynamically shown on the upper left side, please wait till the scan operation is completed. To stop the scan operation, click on “Cancel” to terminal the scan and leave the page.
80
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-5 : Scanning the Power Meters v After the Scan operation is completed, a Power Meter List will appear (Figure 7-6). If the newly scanted module doesn’t match the module previously set on the same address, a window will appear
(Figure 7-7), please select the actual device that are connected to
PMC/PMD. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Figure7-6 : The Power Meter List after Scan operation
Figure7-7 : Select the actual Power Meter connected to PMC/PMD
7.1.2
Add Modbus RTU Power Meter Manually
In addition to perform Scan operation to automatically add Modbus
RTU power meters to the list, the user could also add the Modbus RTU power meter manually one by one, the steps are as below:
81
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual i No: The number will be the order that the power data of the Modbus
RTU power meter being stored in the PMC/PMD Modbus Table.
The range is 1~16. ii Address: The address will be the Modbus address of this Modbus
RTU power meter, please make sure the address setting is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the power meter will be failed.
Figure7-8 : Set up the No and Address of the power meter iii Select the Power meter model:
Figure7-9 : Select Modbus RTU Power Meter model iv Nickname: For user to define a nickname for this power meter, this nickname will be displayed on the “Power meter Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages. Default setting will be the model of the power meter. v Click to add the meter to the list (Figure 7-10). After adding the power meter, click “Save” button to save the changes.
82
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-10 : Add the Modbus RTU Power Meter manually
7.1.3
Add Modbus TCP Power Meter Manually
PMC/PMD allows connection to Modbus TCP Power Meters via
Ethernet, the user could add the Modbus TCP Power meter to the list manually; the steps are as below: i No: The Number will be the order that the power data of the
Modbus TCP power meter being stored in the PMC/PMD Modbus
Table. The range is 1~16. ii Network: Set up the settings of IP, Port and NetID appropriately as required. Please make sure the network setting is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the power meter will be failed.
Figure7-11 : Add Modbus TCP Power Meter iii Select the Power meter model (Figure 7-12):
83
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-12 : Select Modbus TCP Power Meter model iv Nickname: For user to define a nickname for this power meter, this nickname will be displayed on the “Power meter Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages. Default setting will be the model of the power meter. v Click to add the meter to the list (Figure 7-13). After adding the power meter, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Figure7-13 : Add the Modbus TCP Power Meter manually
7.1.4
Power Meter List Interface
After the Modbus RTU/TCP Power Meters are added to the power meter list via auto scan or manual work, the Modbus RTU/TCP Power
Meters will be listed as below:
Figure7-14 : Power Meter List Interface
The following functions allow to perform settings or rearrange order of the power meters. Please select the power meter and click on the function button to perform the operations:
Setting: Click the radio button in front of the power meter and click on “Setting” to get into the setting page of the power meter.
The settings for each power meter module will be given in the following section.
Move Up: Click the radio button in front of the power meter
84
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual and click on “Move Up” to move the power meter to upper order (upper index number (No)).
Move Down: Click the radio button in front of the power meter and click on “Move Down” to move the power meter to lower order (lower index number (No)).
Copy: To copy the settings of a pre-set power meter to the new power meter, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set power meter and then click on “Copy”, a new power meter (in sequence) will be added to the list and the settings of the old power meter will be copied to this newly added power meter.
Remove: Click the radio button in front of the power meter and click on “Remove” to remove the selected power meter.
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
7.1.5
Modbus RTU Power Meter Setting
PMC/PMD support ICP DAS Single-phase and Three-phase Modbus
RTU Power Meters, the following section will give more detailed settings of each power meter setting page.
The Three-Phase Modbus RTU Power Meter Setting page is shown as follow (using PM-3133 as an example):
Figure7-15 : PM-3133 Setting Page
85
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The settings are as follow:
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each power meter, this nickname will be displayed on the “Power Meter
Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
Description: The Description field provides a space for the user to make a brief description of this power meter.
Address: The address will be the Modbus address of this
Modbus RTU power meter, please make sure the address setting is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the power meter will be failed.
Scan Rate: Input the time interval for PMC/PMD to periodically retrieve the power data of this Modbus RTU Power Meter, the setting range will be 0 ~ 65535 seconds.
Polling Timeout: The time interval for PMC/PMD to send command to the Modbus RTU Power Meter and wait for the response, the unit will be ms. The setting range will be 1-10000 ms.
Retry Interval: The time interval to wait for PMC/PMD to repeatedly send command again when PMC/PMD sends command to the Modbus RTU Power Meter and get no response.
The unit will be second. the setting range will be 3 ~ 65535 seconds.
Main Power Meter: When the “Set as main power meter” is selected, this power meter will be set as main power meter and the power data of this meter will be displayed on the Main
Power Meter area on the “Power Data Overview” page.
CT/Phase Nickname: For user to define nicknames for each CT
(or phase), this nickname will be displayed on the “Power
Meter Information” and “Rule Setting” pages. For three-phase power meter, the user could give nicknames to the Phase A/B/C.
After all settings are completed, click “OK” button to return to the
Power Meter List.
86
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The Single-Phase Modbus RTU Power Meter Setting page is shown as follow (using PM-3114 as an example):
Figure7-16 : PM-3114 Setting Page
The settings are as follow:
For the settings of Nickname, Description, Address, Scan Rate,
Polling Timeout, Retry Interval and Main Power Meter, please refer to “Three-Phase Modbus RTU Power Meter Setting” section.
CT / Phase Nickname: For user to define nicknames for each
CT (or phase), this nickname will be displayed on the “Power
Meter Information” and “Rule Setting” pages. For single-phase power meter, the user could give nicknames to the CT1/CT2/
CT3/CT4.
DO Attribute ：
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each DO channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “Power
Meter Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
Power On Value: Set up the initial value for the DO channels when the power meter is powered on.
87
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
After all settings are completed, click “OK” button to return to the
Power Meter List.
7.1.6
Modbus TCP Power Meter Setting
PMC/PMD support ICP DAS Single-phase Modbus TCP Power Meters, the following section will give more detailed settings of the power meter setting page. (Using PM-3144-MTCP as an example):
Figure7-17 : PM-3114-MTCP Setting Page
The settings are as follow:
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each power meter, this nickname will be displayed on the “Power Meter
Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
Description: The Description field provides a space for the user to make a brief description of this power meter.
IP: The address will be the IP address of this power meter, please make sure the IP address setting is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the power meter will be failed.
Port: The setting will be the Port number of this power meter, please make sure the Port number is the same as the settings of
88
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for
PMC/PMD to the power meter will be failed.
NetID: The setting will be the NetID of this power meter, please make sure the NetID is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the power meter will be failed.
Scan Rate: Input the time interval for PMC/PMD to periodically retrieve the power data of this Modbus TCP Power Meter, the setting range will be 0 ~ 65535 seconds.
Polling Timeout: The time interval for PMC/PMD to send command to the Modbus TCP Power Meter and wait for the response, the unit will be ms. The setting range will be 1-10000 ms.
Retry Interval: The time interval to wait for PMC/PMD to repeatedly send command again when PMC/PMD sends command to the Modbus TCP Power Meter and get no response.
The unit will be second. the setting range will be 3 ~ 65535 seconds.
Main Power Meter: When the “Set as main power meter” is selected, this power meter will be set as main power meter and the power data of this meter will be displayed on the Main
Power Meter area on the “Power Data Overview” page.
CT/Phase Nickname: For user to define nicknames for each CT
(or phase), this nickname will be displayed on the “Power
Meter Information” and “Rule Setting” pages. For single-phase power meter, the user could give nicknames to the CT1/ CT2/
CT3/ CT4.
DO Attribute ：
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each DO channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “Power
Meter Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
Power On Value: Set up the initial value for the DO channels when the power meter is powered on.
After all settings are completed, click “OK” button to return to the
Power Meter List.
89
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7.2
XW-Board/XV-Board Setting (PMD series does not support this function.)
XW-Board is used to connect with PMC-5151. XV-Board is used to connect with PMC-52xx. The setting page allows the user to set up the
XW-Board/XV-Board that are connected to the PMC-5151/PMC-52xx. The
XW-Board/XV-Board Setting page is shown as follow (using XW-Board as an example):
Please note: Each PMC-5151 is allowed to connect to one XW-Board module only. Each PMC-52xx is allowed to connect to one XV-Board module only.
Figure7-18 : XW-Board Setting Page
Select the XW-Board/XV-Board that are connected to the PMC-5151/
PMC-5231 from the drop down list and click “Setting”, a window for setting up the parameters of XW-Board/XV-Board and its I/O channel will appear. The setting for the module is shown as below:
Nickname: For user to define a nickname for the module, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and “Rule
Setting” pages.
Description: The Description field provides a space for the user to make a brief description of this XW-Board/XV-Board.
The following section will introduce the DI, DO, AI and AO channel settings of the XW-Board/XV-Board. After all settings are completed, click
“Save” button to save the changes.
7.2.1
XW-Board/XV-Board DI Channel Settings
The XW-Board/XV-Board DI Channel Setting page is shown as follow
(using PMC-5151+XW107 as an example):
90
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-19 : XW-Board DI attribute setting page
The settings are as follow:
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and “Rule
Setting” pages.
Counter Type ： Specify the counter type to be “Falling”
(ON-to-OFF) or “Rising” (OFF-to-ON); if you select “Disable” indicates that the counter of this DI channel will not function.
Counter Initial Value ： Set the initial value of the counter in the
“Counter Initial Value” field. This counter will start counting from the initial count value. The default initial value is 0.
After the DI channel settings are completed, continue to perform settings of other channels, after all settings are completed click “Save” button to save the changes and return to XW-Board/XV-Board Setting page.
7.2.2
XW-Board/XV-Board DO Channel Settings
The XW-Board/XV-Board DO Channel Setting page is shown as follow (using PMC-5151+XW107 as an example):
91
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-20 : XW-Board DO attribute setting page
The settings are as follow:
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
Power On Value: Specify the initial status to be “ON” or to be
“OFF” when PMC-5151 power on. Select the value from the dropdown list of “Power On Value” field. The default value is
“OFF”.
PMC-5151 provides 3 advanced functions, select the function from the dropdown list:
Pulse Output: If the Pulse Output is selected, it will allow this
DO channel to perform pulse output and form a periodic pulse cycle. In Pulse Output mode, the selected DO channel will generate a square wave according to specified parameters
(Pulse High and Pulse Low). Pulse High indicates the “ON” time duration and Pulse Low indicates the “OFF” time duration in a periodic Pulse cycle. The unit is 100ms.
Auto OFF: When “Auto OFF” is selected, it allows this DO channel to enable Auto OFF function. It is required to set up a time interval, when this DO channel is set to be “ON” and the duration of the ON status reaches the pre-set time interval , the DO will automatically be set to OFF. The unit is second.
92
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DI Status Mapping: When “DI Status Mapping” is selected, the status of the DI channel with the same channel number on the XW-Board will be copied to the DO channel. For example, when the “DI Status Mapping” is enabled on DO0, when the
DI0 status is ON, DO0 will set to be ON, and when the DI0 status is OFF, DO0 will set to be OFF as well.
After all settings of the channels are completed, click “OK” button to return to XW-Board/XV-Board Setting page.
7.2.3
XW-Board/XV-Board AI Channel Settings
The XW-Board/XV-Board AI Channel Setting page is shown as follow
(using PMC-5151+XW310C as an example):
Figure7-21 : XW-Board AI attribute setting page
The settings are as follow:
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
Type: Select the input signal type of the AI channel from the dropdown list.
Scale: In the “Scale” field, AI channel raw data can be set to operate with linear proportion between “MIN” and “MAX” values.
93
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The IF Condition will use this already-adjusted value in the evaluation operation, and the AI value retrieved from the “I/O
Information” page or Modbus Table via PMC-5151 would be the adjusted value. The default value for MAX and MIN is 0, it means the Scale function is disabled.
Deadband: In order to avoid signal oscillation that may result in instability to the measurement of the AI channel value or system operations, the user can set up a Deadband value for the AI channel to reduce the oscillation effect to the channel value. The detailed description of Deadband operation is as below:
There are three operation styles for AI Deadband. The AI Channel setting in following examples is 0mA ~ 20mA.
(a) In the IF Condition, when AI > or >= a numerical value:
Assuming the Deadband value is set to be 2 mA, and the following statements are defined in the related logic Rule: IF
AI>10mA, THEN DO=ON, ELSE DO=OFF, that means, when AI receives a signal that exceed 10mA, the DO channel will change to ON immediately, however, when the AI channel value drops and becomes lower than 10mA, the DO channel will not change back to OFF immediately until the value reaches 8mA (10mA minus the Deadband value 2mA), as shown in the following figure.
Figure7-22 : AI Deadband Operation(> or >= a numerical value)
(b) In the IF Condition, when AI < or <= a numerical value:
Assuming the Deadband value is set to be 2 mA, and the following statements are defined in the related logic Rule: IF
94
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
AI<10mA, THEN DO=ON, ELSE DO=OFF, that means, when AI receives a signal which is lower than 10mA, the DO channel will change to ON immediately, however, when the
AI channel value exceed 10mA, the DO channel will not change back to OFF immediately until the value reaches
12mA (10mA plus the Deadband value 2mA), as shown in the following figure.
Figure7-23 : AI Deadband Operation(< or <= a numerical value)
(c) In the IF Condition, when AI = a numerical value:
Assuming the Deadband value is set to be 1 mA, and the following statements are defined in the related logic Rule: IF
AI = 9mA, THEN DO=ON, ELSE DO=OFF, that means, when AI receives a signal between 8mA (9mA minus the deadband value 1mA) and 10mA (9mA plus the deadband value 1mA), the DO channel will change to ON immediately.
However, when the AI channel value exceed 10mA, or is lower than 8mA, the DO channel will change to OFF, as shown in the following figure.
Figure7-24 : AI Deadband Operation(= a numerical value)
95
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
After all settings of the channels are completed, click “OK” button to return to XW-Board/XV-Board Setting page.
Please Note: XW-310C supports two AI type: Differential and
Single-ended. When the “Differential” is selected, the number of the AI channels will be 4, and when the “Single-ended” is selected, the number of the AI channels will be 8. To complete the settings, in addition to specifying the AI type on the PMC-5151 web page, it also required to adjust the jumper on the XW310C, for more detailed information about jumper adjustment on XW310C, please refer to
7.2.4
XW-Board/XV-Board AO Channel Settings
The XW-Board/XV-Board AO Channel Setting page is shown as follow (using PMC-5151+XW304 as an example):
Figure7-25 : XW-Board AO attribute setting page
The settings are as follow:
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
Type: Select the output signal type of the AO channel from the dropdown list.
Power On Value: You can set the initial value of the AO channel in the “Power On Value” field. The default initial value is 0.
After all settings of the channels are completed, click “OK” button to return to XW-Board/XV-Board Setting page.
96
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7.3
I/O Module Setting
PMC/PMD allows connections to ICP DAS M-7000/DL modules. It also supports standard Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP I/O modules. The I/O
Module Setting page allows user to add Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP I/O modules that are connected to the PMC/PMD to the list. After the module is added, it allows to set up the configuration of the I/O module. The setting page is shown as below (using PMC-5151 as an example): :
Figure7-26 : I/O Module Setting Page
The following section will give more information how to add and complete settings of Modbus RTU I/O modules and Modbus TCP I/O modules. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Please Note:
1.
The 2 COM Port (RS-485) interfaces on PMC/PMD allows connections to Modbus RTU I/O modules.
2.
The LAN interface on PMC/PMD allows connections to Modbus TCP
I/O modules. For more detailed information of the LAN settings,
please refer to “ 6.6 I/O Interface Setting
3.
One PMC/PMD allows connections to at most 8 Modbus I/O modules
(including M-7000/DL modules, Modbus RTU I/O modules and
Modbus TCP I/O modules.)
4.
A single I/O interface allows connections to at most 16 devices (Power meters and I/O modules); each device requires its own index number.
Therefore, if an I/O interface is connecting to both power meters and
I/O modules, they will share the same set of the index numbers. For example, if COM2 is connecting to 2 Modbus RTU power meters and already takes the index numbers No.1 and No.2, the Modbus RTU I/O modules that are going to be connected to COM2 can be only set as
No.3 ~ No.16 that are not occupied.
97
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7.3.1
Scan to Add ICP DAS M-7000/DL Modules
The user could use Scan function to add ICP DAS M-7000/DL
Modules to the PMC/PMD, the steps are as below: i Click on button to scan the M-7000/DL modules that are connected to the PMC/PMD.
Figure7-27 : The “Scan” button to search M-7000/DL module ii When the Scan page appears (Figure 7-28), input the starting address and the ending address of the Modbus address that are going to perform scan. Click on “Scan”, the system will start to scan the
M-7000/DL modules that match the settings previously set, to cancel the scan, click on “Cancel”.
Figure7-28 : Set up the Scanning Range for the M-7000/DL module iii When the system is performing the scan (Figure 7-29), the address that are performing scan will be dynamically shown on the upper left side, please wait till the scan operation is completed. To stop the scan operation, click on “Cancel” to terminal the scan and leave the page.
98
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-29 : Scanning the M-7000/DL modules iv After the Scan operation is completed, an M-7000/DL module list will appear (Figure 7-30). If the newly scanted module doesn’t match the module previously set on the same address, a window will appear (Figure 7-31), please select the actual device that are connected to PMC/PMD. After all settings are completed, click
“Save” button to save the changes.
Figure7-30 : The M-7000/DL List after Scan operation
Figure7-31 : Select the actual M-7000/DL modules connected to PMC/PMD
99
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7.3.2
Add Modbus RTU Module (or M-7000/DL Module) Manually
In addition to perform Scan operation to automatically add M-7000/DL modules to the list, the user could also add the Modbus RTU module
(or M-7000/DL module) manually one by one, the steps are as below: i No: The number will be the order that the I/O channel data of the
Modbus RTU module being stored in the PMC/PMD Modbus Table.
The range is 1~16. ii Address: The address will be the Modbus address of this Modbus
RTU module, please make sure the address is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the Modbus RTU module will be failed.
Figure7-32 : Set up the No and Address of the Modbus RTU module iii Select the module name: For ICP DAS M-7000/DL modules, the user could select the default model name from the dropdown list for further modification. For other Modbus RTU module (non
M-7000/DL module), please input the module name.
Figure7-33 : Select the model of the Modbus RTU Module iv Polling Timeout: The time interval for PMC/PMD to send command to the Modbus RTU module and wait for the response, the unit will be ms. The setting range will be 1-10000 ms. v Retry Interval: The time interval to wait for PMC/PMD to repeatedly send command again when PMC/PMD sends command
100
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual to the Modbus RTU module and get no response. The unit will be second. the setting range will be 3 ~ 65535 seconds. vi Click to add the Modbus RTU module to the list (Figure 7-34).
After adding the Modbus RTU module, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Figure7-34 : Add the Modbus RTU Module manually
7.3.3
Add Modbus TCP Module Manually
To manually add Modbus TCP modules, please follow the steps below: i No: The number will be the order that the I/O channel data of the
Modbus TCP module being stored in the PMC/PMD Modbus Table.
The range is 1~16. ii Network: Set up the settings of IP, Port and NetID appropriately as required. If the settings are not the same as the settings of the module, the connection for PMC/PMD to the Modbus TCP module will be failed.
Figure7-35 : Add Modbus TCP Module iii Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for the Modbus TCP module, this nickname will be displayed on the “Module
Information” pages. iv Click to add the Modbus TCP module to the list (Figure 7-36).
After adding the module, click “Save” button to save the changes.
101
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-36 : Add the Modbus RTU Power Meter manually
7.3.4
I/O Module List Interface
After the Modbus RTU I/O module or Modbus TCP I/O module are added to the I/O Module list via auto scan or manual work, the Modbus
RTU I/O modules and Modbus TCP I/O modules will be listed as below:
Figure7-37 : Modbus module List Interface
The following functions allow to perform settings or rearrange order of the Modbus I/O modules. Please select the Modbus I/O module and click on the function button to perform the operations:
Setting: Click the radio button in front of the Modbus I/O module and click on “Setting” to get into the setting page of the
Modbus I/O module. The settings for each Modbus I/O module will be given in the following section.
Move Up: Click the radio button in front of the Modbus I/O module and click on “Move Up” to move the Modbus I/O module to upper order (upper index number (No)).
Move Down: Click the radio button in front of the Modbus I/O module and click on “Move Down” to move the Modbus I/O module to lower order (lower index number (No)).
Copy: To copy the settings of a pre-set Modbus I/O module to the new Modbus I/O module, please click the radio button in
102
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual front of the pre-set Modbus I/O module and then click on
“Copy”, a new Modbus I/O module (in sequence) will be added to the list and the settings of the old Modbus I/O module will be copied to this newly added Modbus I/O module.
Remove: Click the radio button in front of the Modbus I/O module and click on “Remove” to remove the selected Modbus
I/O module.
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
7.3.5
M-7000/DL Module Setting
PMC/PMD support ICP DAS M-7000/DL module, the following section will give more detailed settings of ICP DAS M-7000/DL module setting page. (Figure 7-38)
Nickname ： For user to define nicknames for each M-7000/DL module, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O
Information ” and “Rule Setting” pages.
Description: The Description field provides a space for the user to make a brief description of this M-7000/DL module.
Address: The address will be the Modbus address of this
M-7000/DL module, please make sure the address is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the M-7000/DL module will be failed.
Scan Rate: Input the time interval for PMC/PMD to periodically retrieve the I/O channel data of this M-7000/DL module, the setting range will be 0 ~ 65535 seconds.
Polling Timeout: The time interval for PMC/PMD to send command to the M-7000/DL module and wait for the response, the unit will be ms. The setting range will be 1-10000 ms.
Retry Interval: The time interval to wait for PMC/PMD to repeatedly send command again when PMC/PMD sends command to the M-7000/DL module and get no response. The unit will be second. the setting range will be 3 ~ 65535 seconds.
The settings interfaces of the DI, DO, AI and AO channels on the
M-7000/DL Module are as below:
103
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The DI channel setting for M-7000 module
The M-7000 module DI channel setting interface is shown as below (using M-7052 as an example)
Figure7-38 : M-7000 DI Channel Setting Page
The settings are as below:
Nickname ： For user to define nickname for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
Reset counter when power on: If the “Reset counter when power on” is selected for the DI channel, the DI channel counter of this M-7000 module will be reset to the default value when the PMC/PMD is powered on or after loading the rules.
After all settings of the DI channels are completed, continue the configuration of other channel, and after all channel settings are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes and return to
Modbus RTU Module List.
Please Note:
1.
For M-7000 modules, the counting mode of the DI channel counter is Falling.
2.
To set up the default value of the DI channels on M-7000
104
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual modules, please use DCON Utility to set the value.
The DO channel setting for M-7000/DL module
The M-7000/DL module DO channel setting interface is shown as below (using M-7060 as an example)
Figure7-39 : M-7000/DL DO Channel Setting Page
The settings are as below:
Nickname ： For user to define nickname for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
For M-7000/DL DO channels, PMC/PMD provides the following options for advanced function:
Disable: Disable the advanced function
Auto OFF: When “Auto OFF” is selected, it allows this
DO channel to enable Auto OFF function. It is required to set up a time interval, when this DO channel is set to be “ON” and the duration of the ON status reaches the pre-set time interval , the DO will automatically be set to OFF. The unit is second.
DI Status Mapping: When “DI Status Mapping” is selected, the status of the DI channel with the same channel number on the M-7000/DL module will be copied to the DO channel.
For example, when the “DI Status Mapping” is enabled on
DO0, when the DI0 status is ON, DO0 will set to be ON, and when the DI0 status is OFF, DO0 will set to be OFF as well.
105
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
After all settings are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes and return to Modbus RTU Module List.
Please Note:
1.
To set up the Power On value of the DO channels on
M-7000/DL modules, please use DCON Utility to set the value.
2.
The DO channels on M-7000/DL modules do not offer Pulse
Output function.
The AI channel setting for M-7000/DL module
The M-7000/DL module AI channel setting interface is shown as below (using M-7018 as an example)
Figure7-40 : M-7000/DL AI Channel Setting Page
106
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The settings are as below:
Nickname ： For user to define nickname for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
Type: Select the input signal type of the AI channel from the dropdown list.
Deadband: Please refer to Deadband section in the “ 7.2.3
” for more detailed information.
Scale: Please refer to Scale section in the “
XW-Board/XV-Board AI Channel Settings
information.
After all settings are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes and return to Modbus RTU Module List.
The AO channel setting for M-7000 module
The M-7000 module AO channel setting interface is shown as below (using M-7024 as an example)
Figure7-41 : M-7000 AO Channel Setting Page
The settings are as below:
Nickname ： For user to define nickname for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
107
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Type: Select the output signal type of the AO channel from the dropdown list.
After all settings are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes and return to Modbus RTU Module List.
Please note: To set up the Power On value of the AO channels on
M-7000 modules, please use DCON Utility to set the value.
7.3.6
Modbus RTU Module Setting
PMC/PMD allows connections to modules that support Modbus RTU
Slave protocol for offering I/O interface function. Through Modbus
RTU protocol, it enables to read or write 4 types of Modbus data (Coil
Output, Discrete Input, Input Register and Holding Register) from the
Modbus RTU Slave modules. And by PMC/PMD IF-THEN-ELSE rule engine, it allows to perform automation control operation on the modules. And with SCADA software, it also allows monitoring and control of the Modbus RTU modules which connect with the
PMC/PMD. The Modbus RTU Slave Module setting page is shown as follow:
Figure7-42 : Modbus RTU Slave Module Setting Page
The settings are as below:
108
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Nickname ： For user to define nickname for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
Description: The Description field provides a space for the user to make a brief description of this module.
Address: The address will be the Modbus address of this Modbus
RTU module, please make sure the address is the same as the settings of the module, if the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the Modbus RTU module will be failed.
Scan Rate: Input the time interval for PMC/PMD to periodically retrieve the I/O channel data of this Modbus RTU module, the setting range will be 0 ~ 65535 seconds.
Polling Timeout: The time interval for PMC/PMD to send command to the Modbus RTU module and wait for the response, the unit will be ms. The setting range will be 1-10000 ms.
Retry Interval: The time interval to wait for PMC/PMD to repeatedly send command again when PMC/PMD sends command to the Modbus RTU module and get no response. The unit will be second. The setting range will be 3 ~ 65535 seconds.
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Please refer to the following sections for more detailed information of
Coil Output, Discrete Input, Input Register and Holding Register configurations on Modbus RTU Slave module.
Please Note: The number of Modbus address setting blocks will affect the data update rate for the Modbus RTU Slave module. Please minimize the number of Modbus address setting blocks; merge the conjunctive setting blocks to speed up the data update rate for the communication between PMC/PMD and Modbus RTU Slave module.
The Coil Output Setting of Modbus RTU Module
The Modbus RTU Module Coil Output Setting page is shown as follow:
109
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure7-43 : Coil Output Setting Page
The settings are as follow:
Data Model: PMC/PMD offers 4 Data Model selections to match the Modbus RTU Slave module configuration. The Data
Model list is as follow. In this case, please select ”Coil
Output(0x)”.
Data Model
Coil Output
The Modbus Address of
Modbus RTU Slave Modules
0xxxx
Discrete Input
Input Register
Holding Register
1xxxx
3xxxx
4xxxx
Start Address: Allows setting up the starting address of Coil
Output (0x) on the Modbus RTU Slave module you would like to retrieve.
Data Number: After finishing the Start Address setting, specify the Data Number, it is the number of Coil Output data you would like to retrieve from the Start Address.
After finishing the “Start Address” and “Data Number” setting, click on “Add” button. A new Coil Output address block will be added to the Modbus address mapping table. All added address blocks will be located in sequences staring from the Starting
Address of the Coil Output (The address number on the first column of the “Local Address” indicates the local Modbus address of PMC/PMD to keep the Coil Output data.).
Figure7-44 is an example about Coil Output setting for a
Modbus RTU Slave module. The starting Modbus address of the Coil Output block is 00050(00000 + 50), it requires to set 4
110
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual continuous Coil Output data in the setting. So that the
PMC/PMD can access the 00050, 00051, 00052 and 00053 Coil
Output address of the module, and these retrieved Coil Output data will be kept in PMC/PMD Modbus Address 00300, 00301,
00302 and 00303.
Figure7-44 : Coil Output Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module
To modify the starting address or quantity setting, please click on the setting block and input the setting. Click “OK” for modification or click “Remove” to remove the setting.
If the user wants to assign a Nickname for the address blocks, the user can click on the “Nickname Setting” tab, and then input the Nickname for each address block. The Nickname will be shown in the “I/O Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
111
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
After all Coil Output settings of the Modbus RTU module are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes.
The Discrete Input Setting of Modbus RTU Module
The Modbus RTU module Discrete Input Setting page is shown as follow:
Figure7-45 : Discrete Input Setting Page
The settings are as follow:
Data Model: PMC/PMD offers 4 Data Model selections to match the Modbus RTU Slave module configuration. Please refer to the above section “The Coil Output Setting of Modbus
RTU Module” for detailed information. In this case please select ”Discrete Input(1x)”.
Start Address: Allows to set up the starting address of the data on the PMC/PMD that would be retrieved to the Discrete
Input(1x) on the Modbus RTU module.
Data Number: After finishing the Start Address setting, specify the Data Number, it is the number of Discrete Input data that would be retrieved from the Start Address.
After finishing the “Start Address” and “Data Number” setting, click on “Add” button. A new Discrete Input address block will be added to the Modbus address mapping table. All added address blocks will be located in sequences staring from the
Starting Address(The address number on the first column of the
“Local Address” indicates the local Modbus address of
PMC/PMD to keep the Discrete Input data.).
Figure7-46 shows an example about Discrete Input setting for a
Modbus RTU module. The starting Modbus address of the
Discrete Input block is 10020(10000 + 20), it requires to set 6
112
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual continuous Discrete Input data in the setting. So that the
PMC/PMD can access the 10020, 10021, 10022, 10023, 10024, and 10025 Discrete Input address of the module, and these retrieved Discrete Input data will be kept in PMC/PMD Modbus
Address 10300, 10301, 10302, 10303, 10304 and 10305.
Figure7-46 : Discrete Input Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module
To modify the starting address or quantity setting, please click on the setting block and input the setting. Click “OK” for modification or click “Remove” to remove the setting.
If the user wants to assign a Nickname for the address blocks, the user can click on the “Nickname Setting” tab, and then input the Nickname for each address block. The Nickname will be shown in the “I/O Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
113
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
After all Discrete Input settings of the Modbus RTU module are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes.
The Input Register Setting of Modbus RTU Module
The Modbus RTU module Input Register Setting page is shown as follow:
Figure7-47 : Input Register Setting Page
The settings are as below:
Data Model: PMC/PMD offers 4 Data Model selections to match the Modbus RTU Slave module configuration. Please refer to the above section “The Coil Output Setting of Modbus
RTU Module” for detailed information. In this case please select ”Input Register (3x)”.
Start Address: Allows to set up the starting address of Input
Register(3x) on the Modbus RTU module the user would like to retrieve.
Data Number: After finishing the Start Address setting, specify the Data Number, it is the number of Input Register data you
114
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual would like to retrieve from the Start Address.
Type: The system support 6 kinds of data type setting for Input
Register of Modbus RTU module. The 6 Data Type options are
“16-bit Signed Integer”, “16-bit Unsigned Integer”, “16-bit
Hex”, “32-bit Signed Long”, “32-bit Unsigned Long”, and
“32-bit Floating Point”. If the “16-bit HEX” option is selected, it is required to setup the corresponding scale parameters for linear transformation from HEX value to real value. The
PMC/PMD will retrieve the HEX value and transfer it to real value in floating point format, this real value could be included in the IF-THEN-ELSE rule for edition.
If users select “32-bit Signed Long”, “32-bit Unsigned Long”, or “32-bit Floating Point”, the option “Inverse(Big Endian)” will appear. Enable “Inverse(Big Endian)” to receive the data in big endian format correctly.
After finishing the “Start Address”, “Data Number”, and “Type” setting, click on “Add” button. A new Input Register address block will be added to the Modbus address mapping table
(shown as below). All added address blocks will be located in sequences staring from the Starting Address (The address number on the first column of the “Local Address” indicates the local Modbus address of PMC/PMD to keep the Input Register data.).
Figure 7-48 shows an example about Input Register setting for a
Modbus RTU module. The starting Modbus address of the Input
Register block is 30010(30000 + 10), it requires to set 3 continuous Input Register data in the setting, and the data type is “32-bit Floating Point”. So that these retrieved Input Register data will be kept in PMC/PMD Address 30300, 30302, and
115
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
30304.
Figure7-48 : Input Register Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module
To modify the starting address or quantity setting, please click on the setting block to perform the modification. The user could also modify Type, Scale Ratio, Offset and Deadband on this interface. The Scale Ratio setting and Offset setting allows user to transform the Input Register value in this block by linear transformation. The formula is as follow:
Transformed Value = Scale Ratio x Input Register value +
Offset
After the linear transformation, the Transformed Value will be saved in floating point format on the PMC/PMD(no matter what format the raw Input Register value was in the device). The default Scale Ratio will be 1 and the default Offset is 0, indicating not using linear transformation.
For more information about Deadband setting, please refer to
7.2.3 XW-Board/XV-Board AI Channel Settings
for modification or click “Remove” to remove the setting.
116
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
If the user wants to assign a Nickname for the address blocks, the user can click on the “Nickname Setting” tab, and then input the Nickname for each address block. The Nickname will be shown in the “I/O Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
After all Input Register settings of the Modbus RTU module are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes.
The Holding Register Setting of Modbus RTU Module
The Modbus RTU Slave module Holding Register Setting page is shown as follow:
Figure7-49 : Holding Register Setting Page
The settings are as below:
Data Model: PMC/PMD offers 4 Data Model selections to match the Modbus RTU Slave module configuration. Please refer to the above section “The Coil Output Setting of Modbus
RTU Module” for detailed information. In this case please select ” Holding Register (4x)”.
Start Address: Allows to set up the starting address of Holding
117
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Register(4x) on the Modbus RTU Slave module you would like to retrieve.
Data Number: After finishing the Start Address setting, specify the Data Number, it is the number of Holding Register data you would like to retrieve from the Start Address.
Type: The system support 6 kinds of data type setting for
Holding Register of Modbus RTU module. The 6 Data Type options are “16-bit Signed Integer”, “16-bit Unsigned Integer”,
“16-bit Hex”, “32-bit Signed Long”, “32-bit Unsigned Long”, and “32-bit Floating Point”. If the “16-bit HEX” option is selected, it is required to setup the corresponding scale parameters for linear transformation from HEX value to real value. The PMC/PMD will retrieve the HEX value and transfer it to real value in floating point format, this real value could be included in the IF-THEN-ELSE rule for edition.
If users select “32-bit Signed Long”, “32-bit Unsigned Long”, or “32-bit Floating Point”, the option “Inverse(Big Endian)” will appear. Enable “Inverse(Big Endian)” to receive the data in big endian format correctly.
After finishing the “Start Address”, “Data Number”, and “Type” setting; click on “Add” button. A new Holding Register address block will be added to the Modbus address mapping table. All added address blocks will be located in sequences staring from the Starting Address (The address number on the first column of the “Local Address” indicates the local Modbus address of
PMC/PMD to keep the Holding Register data.).
Figure 7-50 shows an example about Holding Register setting for a Modbus RTU module. The starting Modbus address of the
Holding Register block is 40060(40000 + 60), it requires to set
118
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
2 continuous Holding Register data in the setting, and the data type is “32-bit Floating Point”. So that these retrieved Holding
Register data will be kept in PMC/PMD Address 40300 and
40302.
Figure7-50 : Input Register Setting Example for Modbus RTU Module
To modify the starting address or quantity setting, please click on the setting block to perform the modification. The user could also modify Type, Scale Ratio, Offset and Deadband on this interface. For more detailed information, please refer to above section “The Input Register Setting of Modbus RTU Module”.
If the user wants to assign a Nickname for the address blocks, the user can click on the “Nickname Setting” tab, and then input the Nickname for each address block. The Nickname will be shown in the “I/O Information” and “Rule Setting” pages.
After all Holding Register settings of the Modbus RTU module are completed, click “OK” button to save the changes.
119
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
7.3.7
Modbus TCP Module Setting
PMC/PMD allows connections to modules that support Modbus TCP
Slave protocol for offering I/O interface function. Through Modbus
TCP protocol, it enables to read or write 4 types of Modbus data (Coil
Output, Discrete Input, Input Register and Holding Register) from the
Modbus TCP Slave modules. And by PMC/PMD IF-THEN-ELSE rule engine, it allows to perform automation control operation on the modules. And with SCADA software, it also allows monitoring and control of the Modbus TCP modules which connect with the
PMC/PMD. The Modbus TCP Slave Module setting page is shown as follow:
Figure7-51 : Modbus TCP Slave Module Setting Page(1)
The settings are as below:
Nickname ： For user to define nickname for each I/O channel, this nickname will be displayed on the “I/O Information” and
“Rule Setting” pages.
Description ： The Description field provides a space for the user to make a brief description of this module.
IP ： Allows modification of the IP address of this Modbus TCP
Slave module, make sure the IP setting is the same as the settings of the module. If the setting is not accurate, the connection for
PMC/PMD to the module will be failed.
Port ： Allows modification of the Port number of this Modbus
TCP Slave module, make sure the Port number is the same as the settings of the module. If the setting is not accurate, the connection for PMC/PMD to the module will be failed.
NetID ： Allows modification of the NetID of this Modbus TCP
Slave module, make sure the NetID is the same as the settings of
120
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual the module. If the setting is not accurate, the connection for
PMC/PMD to the module will be failed.
Scan Rate: Input the time interval for PMC/PMD to periodically retrieve the I/O channel data of this Modbus TCP module, the setting range will be 0 ~ 65535 seconds.
Polling Timeout: The time interval for PMC/PMD to send command to the Modbus TCP module and wait for the response, the unit will be ms. The setting range will be 1-10000 ms.
Retry Interval: The time interval to wait for PMC/PMD to repeatedly send command again when PMC/PMD sends command to the Modbus TCP module and get no response. The unit will be second. The setting range will be 3 ~ 65535 seconds.
Figure7-52 : Modbus TCP Slave Module Setting Page(2)
For more detailed information about the data setting of the Coil Output,
Discrete Input, Input Register and Holding Register of the Modbus
TCP module, please refer to section “ 7.3.6 Modbus RTU Module
”. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save
the changes.
121
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
8 Logger Setting
The Logger Setting function of the PMC/PMD provides recording of the power data from power meters and the I/O channel data from I/O modules. It includes Power
Data Logger and User-Defined Data Logger. The Power Data Logger is exclusive for the recording of the power data, and User-Defined Data Logger allows user to define his own data recording options from power data, I/O channel data or Internal Register data. The data log files of these two data loggers are both in CSV format that enables easy integration with the backend database system. In addition, PMC/PMD also provides function to set the “Log File Retention Time” to specify how long will the files be kept in the PMC/PMD, and then the file will be automatically sent to backend
FTP Server at a scheduled time. The data logger setting page is shown as below:
Figure8-1 : Data Logger Setting Page
There are some setting options on the Data Logger Setting page:
Data Logger Setting
Power Data Logger
User-Defined Data Logger
Event Logger Setting
FTP Upload Setting
More detailed information of these options will be given in the following section.
122
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
8.1
Data Logger Setting
On the Data Logger Setting page, the user could enable the Power Data
Logger, I/O Data Logger or User-Defined Data Logger of the PMC/PMD if required. The Power Data Logger allows recording the power data of the power meters that are connected to the PMC/PMD, the I/O Data Logger allows recording all the data of the I/O modules that are connected to the
PMC/PMD, and the User-Defined Data Logger allows recording user-defined data such as: power data, I/O channel data, internal register values, etc. The setting page is shown as below:
Figure8-2 : Data Logger Setting Page
123
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Follow the steps below: i
Check “Enable” in the “Function Status” field under the Power Data
Logger section to enable the Power Data Logger function. ii
Set the data log mode to be “Average” or “Instantaneous” from the dropdown list of the “Log Mode”. If “Average” is selected, the system will record the average value of the power data during the time interval set in “Log Interval”. If “Instantaneous” is selected, the system will record the instantaneous value of the power data when the time reaches the time interval set in “Log Interval”. iii If user would like to add a header to the power data to specify the name of the power data; click “Add” in the “Column Header”; the system will add the “Column Header” at the beginning of the power data logger file to specify the name of the power data. Please note ： After enable this function, the User-Defined Data Logger will also add the
“Column Header” at the beginning of the data logger file to specify the name of the data.
iv Set the language of Excel format file of the report from the dropdown list of the “Reports”. If “Disable” is selected, the system will stop generating the Excel format file of report. v
Check “Enable” in the “Function Status” field under the User-Defined
Data Logger section to enable the User-Defined Data Logger function. vi
Set up the data format in the “Data Format” field in the “User-Defined
Data Logger” section. The User-Defined Data Logger provides encoded strings for user to add real-time power data or I/O channel data to the Data Format content. User can select the “Edit” tab or click on any blank area in the “Data Format” field, and then the “Real-time variable editor” will be shown as below.
124
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Select the “Source”, “Module” and “Channel” from the dropdown list and click “Insert” to add channel value encoded string into the “Data
Format” content. The system will record the data the user pre-set in the
Data Format, and will save the real data values in the data log file.
When editing the content, the user can select the “View” tab , and then the channel encoded string will be displayed in the real index format of the channel for user to check the settings in an easy way.
The figure above shows an example of the encoded strings, the variable
$C2M3ri4352 indicates the V value of PM-3112 Loop 1 on the module
3 connected to COM2. When user select the “View” tab, the channel value encoded string will be displayed as “PM-3112 Loop1 V” for user to check if the setting is appropriate (please refer to the figure as below). vii In the “Log Interval” field, select from the dropdown list to set the time interval of the recording session. The Log Interval could be 1 min, 5 mins, 15 min, 1 hour, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours. Default is 5 mins. Each time when reaches the Log Interval, it will perform
125
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual one-time data recording for the Power Data and User-Defined Data. viii
In the “File Name Format” field, select the File Name Format of the log file from the dropdown list, YYYY indicates western year, MM indicates month, DD indicates date, and the file format is CSV. ix
In the “End of Line Character” field, select the appropriate End of Line
Character format from the dropdown list: CRLF (applies to Windows),
LF (applies to Unix/Linux) or CR (applies to Mac). x After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Please Note:
1.
The settings in “Log Attribute Setting” section apply to both Power
Data Logger and User-Defined Data Logger.
2.
The data logger files of Power Data Logger and User-Defined Data
Logger all are saved in the micro SD card. If the micro SD card’s free space is less than the required space of one day data recording operation of the Power Data Logger and User-Defined Data Logger, then PMC/PMD will delete some old log files to keeps the data logger operation work continuously.
3.
The PMC-5151 does not support I/O data logger.
8.2
Event Logger Setting
The Event Logger allows to record system event of the PMC/PMD, the setting page is shown as below:
Figure8-3 : Event Logger Setting Page
Follow the steps below: i
In the “Log File Retention Time” field, select the file retention time for the log file from the dropdown list. The retention time can be 1 month,
6 months or 12 months. The default setting will be12 months. ii
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
126
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
8.3
FTP Upload Setting
Both Power Data logger files and User-Defined Data logger files can be upload to remote FTP server of the manage center via FTP protocol. The
FTP Upload Setting page allows to set up parameters for FTP Upload, the setting page is shown as below:
Figure8-4 : FTP Upload Setting Page
Follow the steps below: i
In the “Function Status”, check “Enable” to enable the FTP Upload function. ii
In the “Remote FTP Server” section, input Address, Port, ID, Password and Path iii The user could test if the FTP settings are correct in the "Remote FTP
Server Setting Test" section. After clicking “Send”, the system will create a folder on the remote FTP server and will generate a test file under this folder. iv
In the “Data Log Upload Function” section, select the data log type user would like to upload. The data log type could be “Power Data
Log” or “User-Defined Data Log”. And then select the Frequency from the dropdown list of the “Frequency” field. The Frequency can be set as: 5 mins, 15 mins, 1 hour, 3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, or 24 hours.
The default setting will be 1 hour. v In the Event Log Upload Function section, if the user would like to enable the Upload Event Log function, check “Upload Event Log”
127
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual field. And then select the Frequency from the dropdown list of the
“Frequency” field. The Frequency can be set as: once a day, once a week or once a month. vi
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Please Note:
1.
All data logger files of PMC/PMD will be saved in the microSD card.
Before enable the Data Logger function, please make sure the microSD card you use for PMC/PMD is FAT32 format.
2.
The microSD card given with the PMC/PMD is in FAT32 format already before delivery.
8.4
Cloud Upload Setting
Both Power Data logger files and I/O Data logger files can be upload to remote ICP DAS IoTstar IoT Cloud Management Software. The Cloud
Upload Setting page is shown as below:
Figure8-5 : Cloud Upload Setting Page
Follow the steps below: ii
In the “Function Status”, check “Enable” to enable the Cloud Upload function. ii
In the “Data Log Upload Function” section, select the data log type user would like to upload. The data log type could be “Power Data
Log” or “I/O Data Log”. iii
After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
Please Note: In order to enable the "Cloud Upload" function, please visit
'System Setting > Network Setting > Cloud Manager System' page and complete the setting first.( ICP DAS IoTstar Cloud Manager System only support PMC-52xx/PMD controller.)
128
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
8.5
The Path of Data Log File
The data logger files of PMC/PMD will all be saved in the microSD card.
The following section will explain the path of the data logger files saved in the microSD card:
The power data files will be saved in the Log file folder, each power meter will create a specific file folder with the name of its ID, the data file architecture is shown as below:
Modbus RTU Power Meter
Power Meter Data File
Log \ 01A3851F140000D3_ 2 [3133] 7 \_info.txt
Historical Data
Log \ 01A3851F140000D3_ 2 [3133] 7 \ 2013-05-23.csv
Daily Report
Log \ 01A3851F140000D3_ 2 [3133] 7 \ 2013-05-23Rpt.csv
Monthly Report
Log \ 01A3851F140000D3_ 2 [3133] 7 \ 2013-05Rpt.csv
01A3851F140000D3 _2 [3133] 7 is the ID of this power meter.
01A3851F140000D3 indicates the serial number of the PMC/PMD;
2 indicates the power meter is connected to the COM2 of the
PMC/PMD; [3133] indicates the module type of the power meter; 7 is the Modbus Address of the power meter; and 2013-05-23 indicates the date the data is recorded. The power meter information file (_info.txt) is used to record the nickname of the power meter and the related information of the PMC/PMD which connect to the power meter.
Modbus TCP Power Meter
Power Meter Data File
Log \ 192.168.100.20
_ 502 _00D3 [3112] 1 \_info.txt
Historical Data
Log \ 192.168.100.20
_ 502 _00D3 [3112] 1 \ 2013-05-23.csv
129
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Report
Log \ 192.168.100.20
_ 502 _00D3 [3112] 1 \ 2013-05-23Rpt.csv
Monthly Report
Log \ 192.168.100.20
_ 502 _00D3 [3112] 1 \ 2013-05Rpt.csv
192.168.100.20
_ 502 _00D3 [3112] 1 為該電表的 ID ；
192.168.100.20
_ 502 _00D3 [3112] 1 is the ID of this power meter.
192.168.100.20 indicates the connection IP of the power meter; 502 indicates the port number of the power meter; 00D3 indicates the last 4 digits of the serial number of PMC/PMD; [3112] indicates the module type of the power meter; 1 indicates the NetID of the power meter; and 2013-05-23 indicates the date the data is recorded. The power meter information file (_info.txt) is used to record the nickname of the power meter and the related information of the
PMC/PMD which connect to the power meter.
The User-Defined Data Log file is also saved under the Log file folder; the data file architecture is shown as below:
Log \ Custom _01A3851F140000D3 \ 2013-05-23.csv
Custom indicates this file folder is for User-Defined Data Log;
01A3851F140000D3 indicates the serial number of the PMC/PMD and
2013-05-23 indicates the date the data is recorded.
The Event Log file is saved under the EventLog folder, the data file architecture is shown as below:
EventLog \ Event-2013-05-23.log
20130523 indicates that the first event recorded in the Event Log file is starting from May 23, 2013
130
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
8.6
The format of the Power Data Logger file
The power data logger files generated are in CSV format. Each line represents one record; each field in the line is separated by a comma. The data sequences from left to right in the line of the power data are as follows:
PM-2133 / PM-3133(-MTCP) Data Logger Field
Date, Time, Power meter ID, Phase A [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA,
PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand( 15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase B [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase C
[ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot.
Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , Average/Total [ Voltage,
Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) ,
Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , [Reserved Field].
PM-2134 / PM-3112(-MTCP) / PM-3114(-MTCP) Data Logger Field
Date, Time, Power meter ID, CT1 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand( 15/30/60 mins) ] , CT2 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , ........
, CTN
[ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot.
Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , [Reserved Field].
PM-4324/PM-4324A Data Logger Field
Date, Time, Power meter ID, Submeter 1 Phase A/CT1 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand( 15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase B/CT2 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA,
PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase C/CT3 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] ,
Average/Total [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , Submeter 2
Phase A/CT4 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand( 15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase B/CT5
[ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot.
Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase C/CT6 [ Voltage,
Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) ,
Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , Average/Total [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar,
131
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand
(15/30/60 mins) ] , ........
, Submeter 8 Phase A/CT22 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand( 15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase B/CT23 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA,
PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , Phase C/CT24 [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] ,
Average/Total [ Voltage, Current, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
Daily tot. Electricity (kWh) , Current demand (15/30/60 mins) ] , [Reserved
Field].
132
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
8.7
The format of the Power Report file
The power report files are saved in CSV format. Each line represents one record; each field in the line is separated by a comma. The data sequences from left to right in the line of the power report are as follows.
PM-2133 / PM-3133(-MTCP) Daily Report
Index of hour, Date, Power meter ID, Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, Hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current (Phase
A) , Average hourly current (Phase B) , Average hourly current (Phase C) , Average hourly voltage (Phase A) , Average hourly voltage (Phase B) , Average hourly voltage (Phase C) , Total hourly kVA, Total hourly kvar, [Reserved Field] .
PM-2133 / PM-3133(-MTCP) Monthly Report
Index of Date, Date, Power meter ID, Timing of daily max kW, Daily max kW,
Daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current (Phase A) ,
Average daily current (Phase B) , Average daily current (Phase C) , Average daily voltage (Phase A) , Average daily voltage (Phase B) , Average daily voltage (Phase C) ,
Total daily kVA, Total daily kvar, [Reserved Field] .
PM-2134 / PM-3112(-MTCP) / PM-3114(-MTCP) Daily Report
Index of hour, Date, Power meter ID, CT1 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, Hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , CT2 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, Hourly total
Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , ........
, CTN [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, Hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF,
Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA,
Average hourly kvar ] , [Reserved Field].
PM-2134 / PM-3112(-MTCP) / PM-3114(-MTCP) Monthly Report
Index of date, Date, Power meter ID, CT1 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current,
Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , CT2
[ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA,
Average daily kvar ] , ........
, CTN [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , [Reserved Field] .
133
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PM-4324/PM-4324A Daily Report
Date, Time, Power meter ID, Submeter 1 CT1 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] ,
CT2 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity,
Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage,
Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , CT3 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , Average/Total [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Total hourly kVA, Total hourly kvar ] , Submeter 2 CT4
[ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity,
Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage,
Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , CT5 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , CT6 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total
Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , Average/Total
[ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity,
Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Total hourly kVA, Total hourly kvar ] , ........
, Submeter 8 CT22 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF,
Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA,
Average hourly kvar ] , CT23 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA, Average hourly kvar ] , CT24 [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly
PF, Average hourly current, Average hourly voltage, Average hourly kVA,
Average hourly kvar ] , Average/Total [ Timing of hourly max kW, hourly max kW, hourly total Electricity, Average hourly PF, Average hourly current,
Average hourly voltage, Total hourly kVA, Total hourly kvar ] , [Reserved
Field].
134
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PM-4324/PM-4324A Monthly Report
Date, Time, Power meter ID, Submeter 1 CT1 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] ,
CT2 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity,
Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , CT3 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , Average/Total
[ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Total daily kVA,
Total daily kvar ] , Submeter 2 CT4 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , CT5 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF,
Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , CT6 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total
Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage,
Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , Average/Total [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Total daily kVA, Total daily kvar ] , ........
, Submeter 8 CT22 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , CT23 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF,
Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , CT24 [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total
Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage,
Average daily kVA, Average daily kvar ] , Average/Total [ Timing of daily max kW, daily max kW, daily total Electricity, Average daily PF, Average daily current, Average daily voltage, Total daily kVA, Total daily kvar ] ,
[Reserved Field].
135
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
8.8
The Format of User-Defined Data File
The User-Defined Data files are saved in CSV format. Each line represents one record, after the log format of the data being set in User-Defined Data
Logger, the User-Defined Data Logger will record the data according to the data format and content set by the user. In addition, the system will tag each data log with information such as: date, time and type of the data, etc. The log type could be Period Recording that will record the file periodically or
Trigger Recording that will record the file when an event is triggered. The
User-Defined Data log file format is shown as below:
2013/06/01,12:35:00,XXXX,…,…,…, Period
Date and time of the User-define data log Specify the data log is
Data Log item content string in the
User-Defined Data
Logger.
Period recording (P) or
Event trigger recording (E)
136
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
9 IoT Platform Setting
The IoT Platform Setting function of the PMC-52xx/PMD allows to build a connection to Microsoft Azure or IBM Bluemix directly. It can also connect to MQTT
Brokers like Amazon CloudMQTT. Based on the IoT Platform Setting function,
PMC-52xx/PMD can publish the power data and I/O channel data of the power meter and I/O modules that are connected to PMC-52xx/PMD to the IoT Cloud Platform for future data analysis, and receive the command message from IoT Cloud Platform to trigger the corresponding actions of PMC-52xx/PMD at the field side. With the IoT
Platform Setting function the PMC-52xx/PMD provides, it helps users to implement an IoT system in a easy way.
The IoT Platform Settingg page includes the following setting options. More detailed information of these options will be given in the following sections.
Microsoft Azure Setting
IBM Bluemix Setting
MQTT Setting
9.1
Microsoft Azure Setting
On the Microsoft Azure Setting page, the connection to Microsoft Azure
IoT Cloud Platform can be built if required. The setting page is shown as below:
Figure9-1 : Microsoft Azure Setting Page
137
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Follow the steps below: i
Check “Enable” in the “Function Status” field to enable the connection to Microsoft Azure IoT Cloud Platform. ii In the “SAS Token” field, input the SAS Token which you previously registered for this PMC-52xx/PMD from Microsoft Azure. For the procedure to generate a SAS Token, please refer to the “Documentation
→ Azure IoT Hub → IoT Hub MQTT support
” section on the Microsoft
Azure Web Site for detailed information. iii
The value in “keep alive Time” field defines the maximum amount of time in second that pass away without communication between the
PMC-52xx/PMD and Microsoft Azure. The “keep alive interval” enables Microsoft Azure to detect if the connection to the
PMC-52xx/PMD is no longer available without having to wait for the long TCP/IP timeout. iv
The value in “Periodical Publish Interval” field defines the time interval to automatically and periodically send the Publish Messages which are with the “Periodical Publish” attribute. If the value of the “Periodical
Publish Interval” field is 0, it means the “Periodical Publish” operation is disabled. The unit of the value is second. v
To verify whether the SAS Token setting is correct, click “Testing” in the “Connection Testing” field, then PMC-52xx/PMD will try to connect Microsoft Azure with the SAS Token setting, and reply the connection status. vi The lower half section on the Microsoft Azure Setting Page is for the
Publish Message and Subscribe Topic setting. User can click the tab of
“Publish” or “Subscribe” to edit the Publish Message and Subscribe
Topic. The Interface will be shown as below: vii Click the “Publish” tab to edit the Publish Message. User can click on
“Add new Publish Message” to add a new Publish Message.
138
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure9-2 : Microsoft Azure Publish Message setting page viii
Input a name in the “Nickname” field and you could also input the description of this Publish Message in the “Description” field. ix
In the “Message Type” field, select the “Channel Data” to prepare a
Publish Message with the power data or I/O channel value. Based on the “Channel Data” interface, the user can select a specific power data
(or I/O channel value) or “All” power data (and I/O channel values) for the Publish Message. If the user selects a specific channel, it means the specific power data (or I/O channel value) of the module will be bound with the Publish Message. If user select “All” channels, it mean all power data (and I/O channel values) of the module will be added in the
Publish Message List. If the user click the "JSON Format" check box, the content of the Publish Message will be packaged in JSON format; if the “JSON” is not selected, the content of the Publish Message will only include the I/O channel value. (For the I/O Channel information in
JSON Format, please refer to Appendix VIII for more details.) The user
can select “User-Defined Data” in “Message Type” field to edit the
Publish Message on the free style editing interface. The user interface is shown as below.
139
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure9-3 : “User-Defined Data” Setting Interface of IoT Platform x The timing to publish message is set in the “Auto Publish” field, there are two options: “When the I/O data changed and the variation exceeds xxx” and “Periodical Publish”. If the “When the I/O data changed and the variation exceeds xxx” is selected, the system will automatically publish the message when the power data or I/O data value is changed and exceeds the evaluation value (This option only support “Channel
Data” setting in “Message Type”). If the user selects “Periodical
Publish”, it means the message will be published at periodic time schedule based on the value in "Periodical Publish Interval" field at
Step iv. xi
After completing all settings of Publish Message, please click “OK” button to add the Publish Message to the Publish Message List. xii Click the “Subscribe” tab to edit the Subscribe Topic. The user interface is shown as below:
Figure9-4 : Microsoft Azure Subscribe Topic setting page xiii
In the “Variable Name” field, user can input the name of the variable which is defined in the message of the Subscribe Topic. After completing the settings, click the "Add" button to add the variable. For the message the PMC-52xx/PMD receives from Microsoft Azure is based on JSON format, the PMC-52xx/PMD will get the corresponding value of the variable from the received message. The following is an
140
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual example of a message the PMC-52xx/PMD receives:
{
"Target":"door",
"Action":"open",
"Timestamp":"2016/10/17 15-17-22"
}
In this example, the “Target” and “Action” variable setting will be performed first. Each time when the PMC-52xx/PMD receives the message, it will retrieve the corresponding value of the “Target” and
“Action” variables from the message. The value of the variables can be used in the evaluation criteria of IF Condition to trigger THEN/ELSE
Action for logic operation. xiv After completing all settings on the Microsoft Azure Setting Page, please click “Save” button to save the settings. After downloading the settings to PMC-52xx/PMD, PMC-52xx/PMD will initiate the connection to the Microsoft Azure, and start the data communication with the Microsoft Azure.
141
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
9.2
IBM Bluemix Setting
On the IBM Bluemix Setting page, the user could enable the connection to
IBM Bluemix IoT Cloud Platform if required. The setting page is shown as below:
Figure9-5 : IBM Bluemix Setting page
Follow the steps below: i
Check “Enable” in the “Function Status” field to enable the connection to IBM Bluemix IoT Cloud Platform. ii In the “Organization ID”, “Device Type”, “Device ID” and “Device
Authentication Token” fields, input the data you previously registered for this PMC-52xx/PMD from IBM Bluemix. After you completing the device settings on IBM Bluemix for the PMC-52xx/PMD, IBM
Bluemix will reply you the device information similar as below.
J u s t
refer to the information and complete the setting at PMC-52xx /PMD
142
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Web page.
iii The value in “keep alive Time” field defines the maximum amount of time in second that pass away without communication between the
PMC-52xx/PMD and IBM Bluemix. The “keep alive interval” enables
IBM Bluemix to detect if the connection to the PMC-52xx/PMD is no longer available without having to wait for the long TCP/IP timeout.
iv The value in "Periodical Publish Interval" field defines the time interval to automatically and periodically send the Publish Messages which are with the “Periodical Publish” attribute. If the value of the "Periodical
Publish Interval" field is 0, it means the “Periodical Publish” operation is disabled. The unit of the value is second.
v Click “Testing” in the “Connection Testing” section, then
PMC-52xx/PMD will try to connect IBM Bluemix, and reply the connection status to verify the setting is correct, or not . vi The lower half section on the IBM Bluemix Setting Page is for the
Publish Message and Subscribe Message setting. User can click the tab of “Publish” or “Subscribe” to edit the Publish Message and Subscribe
Message. For the settings of the Publish Message, please refer to “
vii Click the “Subscribe” tab to edit the Subscribe Message. The user interface is shown as below:
Figure9-6 : IBM Bluemix Subscribe Message setting page viii
In the “Command Name” field, the user can specify the command strings to be sent from the IBM Bluemix to the PMC-52xx/PMD. The content of “Command Name” setting can be used as the IF Condition of
IF-THEN-ELSE logic rule to filter the commands sent from IBM
Bluemix. PMC-52xx/PMD can be set to only receive the commands that are pre-defined in the field, the other commands will be ignored by
PMC-52xx/PMD. ix
In the “Variable Name” field, user can input the name of the variable
143
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual which is defined in the message of the Subscribe Topic. After completing the setting, click the "Add" button to add the variable. For the message the PMC-52xx/PMD receives from IBM Bluemix is based on JSON format, the PMC-52xx/PMD can also get the corresponding value of the variable from the received message. Following is an example of the message which PMC-52xx/PMD receives:
{
"Target":"door",
"Action":"open",
"Timestamp":"2016/10/17 15-17-22"
}
In this example, the “Target” and “Action” variable setting will be performed first. Each time when the PMC-52xx/PMD receives the message, it will retrieve the corresponding value for the “Target” and
“Action” variables from the message. The value of the variables can be used in the evaluation criteria of IF Condition to trigger THEN/ELSE
Action for logic operation. x After completing all settings on the IBM Bluemix Setting Page, please click “Save” button to save the settings. After downloading the settings to the PMC-52xx/PMD, the PMC-52xx/PMD will initiate the connection to IBM Bluemix, and start the Publish Message/Subscribe
Message mechanism with IBM Bluemix.
9.3
MQTT Setting
PMC-52xx/PMD provides complete MQTT Client function. The MQTT
Client can connect with two (Maximum) MQTT Brokers concurrently. In order to enable the MQTT Client function, user has to complete the setting of the PMC-52xx/PMD’s Publish Topic and its message content with the
MQTT Brokers, and also the setting of the PMC-52xx/PMD’s Subscribe
Topics. In addition, PMC-52xx/PMD provides the “Topic Import/Export” function. It will help user to organize the MQTT topics from different
MQTT devices in an easy way. The configuration page for MQTT setting is shown as below.
9.3.1
Broker Setting
PMC-52xx/PMD provides the setting for two (Maximum) MQTT
Brokers. It can Publish/Subscribe the Topic with the two MQTT Brokers
144
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual at the same time, and the Topic setting for the two Brokers is also independent. The configuration page of MQTT Broker setting is shown as below:
Figure9-7 : MQTT Setting Page (Broker)
The settings steps are as below: i.
Click the “Broker Setting” tab on the right-top corner of “MQTT
Setting Page”. ii. Click on “Add new MQTT Broker” to add the new MQTT Broker.
After clicking the “Add new MQTT Broker”, the MQTT Broker
Setting Page will appear. The upper half area of the setting page is about the Broker parameters setting. It will be shown as below:
Figure9-8 : MQTT Broker Parameter setting page
145
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual iii.
In the Broker parameters setting page, you can input the name of the
Broker in the “Nickname” field and you could also input the description of this Broker in the “Description” field. iv.
Check “Enable” or “Disable” in the “Initial Status” field to enable the initial connection status with the Broker. If the user clicks “Enable”, it means the PMC-52xx/PMD will start the communication with the
Broker after it is powered on. v.
Enter the Broker IP address (or domain name) in the “Address” field. vi.
Enter the Broker Port number in the “Port” field. vii.
I f the Broker requires account and password validation, please select the “Enable” checkbox in the “Authentication” field, and enter the login ID and password in the “ID” and “Password” fields to login into the Broker. If the Broker doesn’t need account and password validation, uncheck the “Enable” checkbox and go directly to next step. viii.
Enter the Client ID information in the “Client ID” field. The Client ID is used for Broker to verify if the MQTT Client is allowed to connect to the Broker or not. If the Broker does not require Client ID for the connection, this field can be ignored. ix.
If the SSL/TLS encryption mechanism is required for the connection between the Broker and the PMC-52xx/PMD via MQTT, click the
"Enable" checkbox of the "Encryption" field to enable this function. x.
The value in "keep alive Time" field defines the maximum time that should pass without communication between the PMC-52xx/PMD and the Broker. The PMC-52xx/PMD will ensure that at least one message travels across the network within each keep alive period. In the absence of a data-related message during the time period, the
PMC-52xx/PMD sends a very small MQTT "ping" message, which the Broker will acknowledge. The keep “alive interval” enables the
PMC-52xx/PMD to detect when the Broker is no longer available without having to wait for the long TCP/IP timeout. The unit of the value is second. xi.
To verify whether your Broker setting is correct, click “Testing” in the
“Connection Test” section, then PMC-52xx/PMD will try to connect to the Broker and reply the connection status. xii.
Click the “Enable” checkbox in the “Last Will” field to allow the
Broker to send the alarm Topic to other MQTT client devices when
PMC-52xx/PMD lost connection to the Broker. After clicking the
146
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
“Enable” checkbox, the setting of Last Will Topic, Message content and QoS will be brought up. xiii.
The value in "Periodical Publish Interval" field defines the time interval (in second) to send all Publish Topics with the “Periodical
Publish” attribute automatically and periodically. If the value of the
"Periodical Publish Interval" field is 0, it means the “Periodical
Publish” operation is disabled. xiv.
The “Topic Prefix” field is for setting up a string as Topic Prefix. The prefix can be used in the Publish Topic or Subscribe Topic to simply the Topic editing. The default string of the “Topic Prefix” will be the model name of the PMC-52xx/PMD. If there are more than one
PMC-52xx/PMD controllers in a system for MQTT connection, please remember to change the “Topic Prefix” setting to distinguish the Publish Topic/Subscribe Topic setting of each PMC-52xx/PMD controller. xv.
The lower half area of the MQTT Broker Setting Page is for the
Publish Message and Subscribe Topic setting. User can click the
“Publish” tab or “Subscribe” tab on the right-top corner of “Publish &
Subscribe Setting” to edit the Publish Message and Subscribe Topic.
The Interface will be shown as below:
Figure9-9 : Publish Message and Subscribe Topic setting page xvi.
Click the “Publish” tab to edit the Publish Message. Click on “Add new Publish Message” to add a new Publish Message. The Interface will be shown as below:
147
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure9-10 : Publish Message Setting Page xvii.
Input a name in the “Nickname” field and you could also input the description of this Publish Message in the “Description” field. xviii.
In the “Message Type” field, select the “Channel Data” to prepare a
Publish Message with the power data or I/O channel value. Based on the “Channel Data” interface, the user can select a specific power data
(or I/O channel value) or “All” power data (and I/O channel values) for the Publish Message. If the user selects a specific channel, it means the specific power data (or I/O channel value) of the module will be bound with the Publish Message. If user select “All” channels, it mean all power data (and I/O channel values) of the module will be added in the Publish Message List. If the user click the "JSON
Format" check box, the content of the Publish Message will be packaged in JSON format; if the “JSON” is not selected, the content of the Publish Message will only include the I/O channel value (For the I/O Channel information in JSON Format, please refer to
Appendix VIII for more details.). After completing the “Channel
Data” setting, the system will automatically generate the default Topic content in the “Topic” field. User can modify the content of the
“Topic” field if require. If the "Use Prefix" checkbox is enabled, the string in the “Topic Prefix” field will be used as the prefix of the
Publish Topic.
148
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The user can select “User-Defined Data” in “Message Type” field to edit the Publish Topic and its binding message on the free style editing interface. The user interface is shown as below.
xix.
In the “QoS” field, user can select 0, 1, 2 for the QoS(Quality of
Service) setting for the Publish Message. xx.
In the “Retain” field, user can click the “Enable” checkbox to keep the
Publish Message in the Broker. xxi.
The timing to publish message is set in the “Auto Publish” field, there are two options: “When the I/O channel data changed and the variation exceeds xxx” and “Periodical Publish”. If the “When the I/O channel data changed and the variation exceeds xxx” is selected, the system will automatically publish the topic when the power data or
I/O channel data is changed and exceeds the evaluation value (This option only support “Channel Data” setting in “Message Type”). If user selects “Periodical Publish”, it mean the topic will be published at periodic time schedule base on the value in “Periodical Publish
Interval” field. xxii.
After completing all settings of Publish Topic, please click “OK” button to add the Publish Topic to the Publish Message List. xxiii.
Click the “Subscribe” tab to edit the Subscribe Topic. The user interface is shown as below. xxiv.
Click on “Add new Subscribe Topic” to add a new Subscribe Topic.
149
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The Interface will be shown as below:
Figure9-11 : Subscribe Topic Setting Page xxv. Input a name of the Subscribe Topic in the “Nickname” field, and you could also input the description of this Subscribe Topic in the
“Description” field. In the “Topic” field, user can input the content of the Subscribe Topic. After completing all settings of Subscribe Topic, please click “Add” button to add the Subscribe Topic to the Subscribe
Topic List.
The value of the Subscribe Topic can be used in the IF-THEN-ELSE logic evaluation. In addition, all Internal Registers, power meters and
I/O modules connected to PMC-52xx/PMD have their own default definition of Subscribe Topic. It allows user to change the value of the
Internal Register and the value of the output channel of I/O module or power meter by MQTT protocol. Please refer to
detailed information. xxvi.
After completing all settings of the Broker, please click “OK” button to return to add the MQTT Setting Page. And then click “Save” button to save all MQTT Broker settings.
9.3.2
Topic Import/Export Setting
PMC-52xx/PMD provides the Topic Import function so the users can import the MQTT Topics settings from other MQTT client devices easily.
Click on “Topic Import/Export” tab, and click “+ Import Topic” to add new MQTT Topic setting into the PMC-52xx/PMD. And select the topics to be imported. The Topic Export function allows to export the
MQTT Topics that the PMC-52xx/PMD is using to a document file, and it can be a reference for integration with the back-end Server. The Topic
150
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Import/Export Setting page is shown as below.
MQTT Topic Import/Export setting page
All MQTT Publish Topics and Subscribe Topics that the
PMC-52xx/PMD is using now will be shown in the setting page. Click the “Export” button will collect all topics into the “topics.csv” file. The format of the “topics.csv” file is “The_nickname_of_Topic, Topic message”. Please refer to the following figure:
The Export of MQTT Topic
To use the Topic Import function, please prepare a document with the same format as “The_nickname_of_Topic, Topic message”. Click the “+
Import Topic” button, then browse through to select the document which includes the MQTT Topic and click “Open”. If the format is correct and the import process is successful, the system will show an “Import successfully” message box.
After importing the MQTT Topic successfully, there the Imported Topic list will be shown in the “Topic” field of the Publish & Subscribe Setting page. The user can select a specific topic from the Imported Topic list, and click “Use” button to use this imported topic.
151
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The Import of MQTT Topic
152
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
10 Advanced Setting
Advanced Setting provides additional features and allows you to perform more setting on the PMC devices. Click on the Advanced Setting button, a column of buttons will appear on the left of the page:
Email Setting
SMS Setting
SNMP Trap Setting
LINE Notify Setting
Timer Setting
Schedule Setting
PUE Setting
Internal Register Setting
After complete the Advanced Setting, all the setting you define in the section will be the property in the IF-THEN-ELSE rule setting page. Please note: In order to avoid possible error when performing rule definition (IF-THEN-ELSE), please always finish configuration in Advanced Setting before starting to define Rules. Avoid unnecessary change in Advanced Setting after you finish rule definition. Unexpected errors might occur if you violate this sequence: Advanced Setting
Rule Setting. In case you make any modification, please double check your settings and Rules definition to make sure no errors are present. The following sections will describe more detailed information for these configurations.
10.1
Email Setting
PMC/PMD support Email messages sending function. This function allows sending pre-input Email message(s) to pre-set Email receiver(s) under certain conditions. The configuration page is shown as below:
153
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-1 : Email setting page
The settings steps are as below: i
Click on “Add new email” to add a new email setting. ii
After clicking the “Add new email”, a setting page will appear, input name in the “Name” field and you could also input the description of this email in the “Description” field; shown as below:
Figure10-2 : Email setting page(Name & Description)) iii In the “SMTP Server” field, enter the IP or the domain name of the
SMTP server; or select the SMTP server from the dropdown list. In the dropdown list, PMC/PMD provide four public SMTP servers for selection as below:
Google Gmail
Yahoo Mail
Microsoft Outlook / Hotmail
AOL Mail
After select SMTP server from the dropdown list, PMC will automatically complete the “Port Number” and “Security” setting related to the SMTP server you select. The SMTP Setting page is shown as below:
154
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-3 : Email setting page(SMTP Server) iv Input the Port number, the default port number is set as 25. v If the SMTP server requires account and password validation, please select the “Enable” checkbox, and continue steps vi~viii to login into the SMTP server. If the SMTP server doesn’t need account and password validation, uncheck the “Enable” checkbox and go directly to step ix. vi
Enter the SMTP server login ID in the “Login ID” field. vii
Enter the SMTP server password in the “Password” field. viii In the “Security” field, select the security setting to be “No Security”,
“TLS”, or “SSL” from the dropdown list. ix After complete SMTP server setting, continue to input Email address setting. In the “Sender Name” field, input the name of the sender. The
Email Address Setting page is shown as below:
Figure10-4 : Email setting page(Email Address) x
Enter the sender’s email address in the “Sender Email Address” field. xi
In the “Receiver Email Address” section, click on “Add” to add the receiver’s email address. At least one email address has to be entered. xii To verify whether your email setting is correct to send the Email, click
“Send” in the “Email Setting Test” section, then PMC/PMD will send a test Email to the receiver’s email address.
155
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
After complete Email Address setting, continue to input Email Content setting. Enter the email subject in the “Subject” field. The Email
Content Setting page is shown as below:
Figure10-5 : Email setting page(Email Content) xiii Enter the content in the “Content” section. In addition, it provides encoded strings for users to add current I/O channel value, power data or Internal Register value into the Email content. To make it easy to add the encoded string, PMC provides “Real-time variable editor”.
Please refer to " 8.1 Data Logger Setting
“ for more detailed information
of the “Real-time variable editor”. xiv
Click on “OK” to confirm the setting and leave the setting page. xv Repeat steps i~ xv to complete settings of all Emails
To modify the settings of a pre-set Email, please click on the radio button in front of the Email, and then click on “Setting” to modify the settings. xvi To copy the settings of a pre-set Email to the new Email, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set Email and then click “Copy”, a new Email will be added to the list and the settings of the old Email will be copied to this newly added Email. xvii To remove a pre-set Email, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set Email and then click “Remove”. xviii After you finish all the Email selections and settings, click “Save” button to save the settings.
156
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
10.2
SMS Setting
PMC-5231M-4GE/PMC-5231M-4GC/PMC-5231M-3GWA/PMC-5151/PM
D offers SMS Alarm message sending and SMS Command receiving functions (PMC-5151/PMD required ICP DAS GTM-203M-3GWA modem.
Please refer to Appendix III for detail). For SMS Alarm function; it allows
to send pre-set SMS alarm message to specific phone numbers. For SMS command function; it allows to set up authorized phone numbers to receive
SMS commands. PMC/PMD will execute the commands received from authorized phone numbers only. There are 2 types of SMS commands:
Retrieve channel data (GET): The user can retrieve specific channel real-time data. One SMS Command message can require up to 10 channel data values. The user could add the encoded string to the message to retrieve the related channel data.
Modify channel data (SET): The user could modify channel data by
SMS command. Each SMS command message allows to modify one channel value.
10.2.1
SMS Alarm Setting
The SMS Alarm Setting page is shown as below:
Figure10-6 : SMS Setting Page (1)
Please follow the steps below: i
Make sure the “SMS Alarm” Tab is selected. ii In the PIN field, input the 4 digit SIM card PIN code. If the PIN code is not required, leave the field blank.
157
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual iii
Click “Add new SMS alarm”, the SMS Alarm Setting page will appear as follow:
Figure10-7 : SMS Setting Page (2) iv Input name in the “Name” field and you could also input the description of this SMS Alarm in the “Description” field. v
In the “Phone Number” section, click on “Add’’ to input the phone numbers t o receive the SMS Alarm messages. The SMS can be sent to multiple receivers. Keep on clicking “Add” to add all phone numbers to receive the Alarm message, click “Remove” to remove the phone numbers you want to delete. vi
Enter the content in the “Message” field. If the Unicode mode is adopted, the length of the content cannot exceed 70 characters. If the
Unicode mode is not selected (will support English characters only), the length of the content limit is 160 characters. SMS Alarm provides an encoded string for you to add current I/O channel data, power data or Internal Register data into SMS Alarm message. To make it easy to add the encoded string, PMC provides “Real-time
variable editor”. Please refer to “ 8.1 Data Logger Setting
detailed information of the “Real-time variable editor”. vii
Click on “OK” to confirm the setting and leave the setting page.
158
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual viii Repeat steps iii~vii to complete settings of all SMS Alarm setting. ix To modify the settings of a pre-set SMS Alarm, please click on the radio button in front of the SMS Alarm, and then click on “Setting” to modify the settings. x To copy the settings of a pre-set SMS Alarm to the new SMS Alarm, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set SMS Alarm and then click “Copy”, a new SMS Alarm will be added to the list and the settings of the old SMS Alarm will be copied to this newly added SMS Alarm. xi To remove a pre-set SMS Alarm, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set SMS Alarm and then click “Remove”. xii After you finish all the SMS Alarm selections and settings, click
“Save” button to save the settings.
10.2.2
SMS Command Setting
The SMS Command Setting page is shown as below:
Figure10-8 : SMS Command Setting Page (1))
Please follow the steps below: i
Make sure the “SMS Command” Tab is selected. ii In the PIN field, input the 4 digit SIM card PIN code. If the PIN code is not required, leave the field blank. iii
In the “SMS Command Function” section, click on “Enable” to enable SMS Command function. The SMS Command list will be displayed. If “Disable” is selected, the SMS Command list will be
159
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual disabled. iv
In the “Authorized Phone Number” field, click on “Add” to input the phone numbers you would like to authorize to send SMS commands to PMC/PMD. Keep on clicking “Add” to add all phone numbers to send the SMS commands to PMC/PMD, click
“Remove” to remove the phone numbers you want to delete.
Please note: the Authorized Phone Number has to be input in the format:
“Country code, area code and number”. For example, if the
Authorized Phone Number is a cell phone number 0987654321 in
Taiwan area, please input the Authorized Phone Number as
“886987654321”.
v
Click “Add new SMS command”, the SMS Command Setting page will appear. vi
Input a command string in the “Command” field as the nickname for the original corresponding command in the “Command String
Editor” section. In the “Command String Editor” section, select the command type to be “GET” (retrieve real-time channel data) or
“SET” (modify channel data) from the dropdown list. For “GET” command (shown as Figure 10-9); It provides an encoded string for you to add current I/O channel data, power data or Internal Register data into SMS command. To make it easy to add the encoded string,
PMC provides “Real-time variable editor”. Please refer to “
” for more detailed information of the “Real-time
variable editor”. For “SET” command (shown as Figure 10-10), select “Source”, “Module” and “Channel” from the dropdown list, and then set the “Value” to be modified (you can also leave the
“Value” field blank, and input the value later according to requirement in real-time when send back the SMS Command). Take
Figure 10-10 as an example, you can leave the “Value “field blank and input the SMS Command AI/2.3 to modify the AI channel value to be 2.3.
160
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-9 : SMS Command Setting for GET Command
Figure10-10 : SMS Command Setting for SET Command vii Click on “OK” to confirm the setting and leave the setting page. viii Repeat steps v~vii to complete settings of all SMS Command setting. The SMS Command (and its original corresponding command) will be listed in the SMS Command List on the SMS
Command setting page.
Figure10-11 : SMS Command list
161
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
On Figure 10-11, taking the first SMS Command on the list as an example, when user send SMS message “DATA” to PMC-5151,
PMC-5151 will send back the data of DI0, DI1, & DI2 of the
XW310C(XW-Board), the Total/Average value of the kW from module PM-2133(2) on COM2, and value of Internal Register 1 to the command sender.
Taking the second SMS Command on the list as an example, when user send SMS message “AO” to PMC-5151, PMC-5151 will set the value of AO0 on XW310C(XW-Board) to be 2.3 after receiving the message.
Taking the third SMS Command on the list as an example, when user send SMS message “DO” to PMC-5151, PMC-5151 will set the value of DO0 on XW310C(XW-Board) to be ON after receiving the message. ix To modify the settings of a pre-set SMS Command, please click on the radio button in front of the SMS Command, and then click on
“Setting” to modify the settings. x To copy the settings of a pre-set SMS Command to the new SMS
Command, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set SMS
Command and then click “Copy”, a new SMS Command will be added to the list and the settings of the old SMS Command will be copied to this newly added SMS Command. xi To remove a pre-set SMS Command, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set SMS Command and then click “Remove”.
After you finish all the SMS Command selections and settings, click “Save” button to save the settings.
162
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
10.3
SNMP Trap Setting
SNMP Trap function allows PMC/PMD to initiative sending of the system data, power meter data and IO channel data to the SNMP Manager in real time automatically when unusual events occur; so that the SNMP Manager can respond immediately with corresponding operations. The configuration page for SNMP Trap setting is shown as below:
Figure10-12 : SNMP Trap Setting Page
The settings steps are as below: i Input “Nickname” and “Specific ID” and then click button to create a new SNMP Trap. ii To modify the settings of a pre-set SNMP Trap, please click on the radio button in front of the SNMP Trap, and then click on “Setting”, then the SNMP Trap Parameter Setting page will be shown as below.
You can modify the settings of the SNMP Trap you selected if required.
Figure10-13 : SNMP Trap Parameter Setting Page iii In the SNMP Trap Parameter Setting page, you can input or modify the name of the SNMP Trap in the “Nickname” field and you could also
163
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual input the description of this SNMP Trap in the “Description” field. iv Input the Specific ID value of the SNMP Trap in the “Specific ID” field. v
Click on “Add new variable bindings” to add a new variable binding for the SNMP Trap. vi
After clicking the “Add new variable bindings”, the Variable Binding
Setting Page will appear. Select the variable type first. PMC/PMD provides two variable types as “Channel Data” and “User-Defined
Data” for selection. If you select the variable type as “Channel Data” type, The setting page interface will be shown as below:
Figure10-14 : “Channel Data”Type Setting Page
Based on the “Channel Data” type interface, it provides the encoded string for user to easily add one real-time power data or I/O channel data as the variable binding in SNMP Trap each time. Select the
“Source”, “Module”, “Channel” and “Format” from the dropdown list, and click the “OK” button to add the power data or I/O channel to the variable bindings list of the SNMP Trap.
The following figure shows two variable binding examples in “Channel
Data” type are included in the SNMP Trap. The first variable binding is the voltage value of PM-3114 Loop 1 on the module 1 that is connected to COM2. The second variable binding is the kW value of PM-3114
Loop 1 on the module 1 that is connected to COM2.
164
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-15 : Example of “Channel Data” Type Variable Binding List vii
You can select the “User-Defined Data” as the variable type. The setting page interface will be shown as below:
Figure10-16 : “User-Defined Data” Type Setting Page
Set up the content in the “User-Defined Data” field of the SNMP Trap
Variable Binding Setting Page. The User-Defined Data provides encoded strings for user to add real-time power data or I/O channel data to the content easily. User can select the “Edit” tab or click on any blank area in the “User-Defined Data” field, and then the
“Real-time variable editor” will be shown as below.
165
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-17 : “User-Defined Data” Interface in Edit Mode
Input your message in the “User-Defined Data” field, and then select the “Source”, “Module” and “Channel” from the dropdown list and click “Insert” to add channel value encoded string into the
“User-Defined Data” content. The system will record the data the user pre-set in the User-Defined Data, and save the real data values in the
SNMP Trap Variable Binding. When editing the content, the user can select the “View” tab, and then the channel encoded string will be displayed in the real index format of the channel for user to check the settings in an easy way.
The figure above shows an example of the encoded strings, the variable
$C2M1ri4352 indicates the voltage value of PM-3114 Loop 1 on the module 1 that is connected to COM2, the variable $C2M1ri4356 indicates the kW value of PM-3114 Loop 1 on the module 1 that is connected to COM2. When users select the “View” tab, the channel value encoded string will be displayed as “PM-3114 Loop1 V” and
“PM-3114 Loop1 kW” for user to check if the setting is appropriate
(Figure 10-18).
166
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-18 : “User-Defined Data” Interface in View Mode
After completing the setting, click the “OK” button to save the parameters and variable bindings setting, and return to the SNMP Trap
Setting Page
Figure10-19 : SNMP Trap setting with variable bindings list viii To copy the settings of a pre-set SNMP Trap to the new SNMP Trap, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set SNMP Trap and then click “Copy”, a new SNMP Trap (in sequence) will be added to the list and the settings of the old SNMP Trap will be copied to this newly
167
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual added SNMP Trap. ix To remove a pre-set SNMP Trap, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set SNMP Trap and then click “Remove”. x After you finishing all the SNMP Traps creation and setting, click
“Save” button to save the settings.
10.4
LINE Notify Setting
PMC-52xx/PMD provides LINE Notify message sending function. With this function, PMC-52xx/PMD can send messages to LINE personal account or group chat rooms via LINE Notify official account. To send the
LINE Notify message, users have to apply a LINE Notify service first and connect the service with the personal account or chat room to be sent.
Please refer to the LINE Notify guide webpage on PMMS official webpage for the application and connection of LINE Notify service. The configuration page for LINE Notify message setting and chat room setting is shown as below.
10.4.1
Message Setting
I n the Message setting page, users can edit the LINE messages with pre-input strings and realtime data. The configuration page is shown as below:
Figure10-20 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (1)
The settings steps are as below: i.
Make sure the “Message” Tab is selected. ii.
Click “Add new message”, the LINE Notify Message Setting page will appear as following:
168
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-21 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (2) iii.
Input name in the “Name” field and you could also input the description of this LINE message in the “Description” field. iv.
Enter the message content in the “Content” field. LINE message provides an encoded string for you to add current power data, I/O channel data or Internal Register data into
LINE messages. To make it easy to add the encoded string,
PMC provides “Real-time variable editor”. Please refer to
” for more detailed information of
the “Real-time variable editor”.
Figure10-22 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (3)
169
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual v.
In the “Chat Room” field, please specify the Chat rooms which will receive the message PMC-52xx/PMD send.
PMC-52xx/PMD can send the messages to multi-chat rooms simultaneously. Users can directly click on the “Add new
Chat Room” to connect with a new chat room, please refer to
Figure10-23 : LINE Notify Message Setting page (4) vi.
After complete all settings, click the “OK” button to confirm the LINE Notify message setting, and return to the Message
Setting page. vii.
Repeat steps ii~ vi to complete settings of all LINE Notify messages. viii.
After you finish all the LINE Notify Message settings, click
“Save” button to save the settings.
10.4.2
Chat Room Setting
PMC-52xx/PMD send LINE messages to the chat room which is
170
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual connected to the service. Users can add or manage chat rooms via the
Chat Room setting page. The setting interface is as below:
Figure10-24 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (1)
The settings steps are as below: i.
Click “Add new chat room”, the LINE Notify Connection Setting page will appear as below. Input the Client ID and Client Secret of the applied service and click the “Send” button, the LINE login interface will appear if the client data was correct. If you do not apply the service before, click the link of “No Client ID and Client
Secret?” at the lower area of the windows. It will lead you to the
LINE Notify teaching website on the PMMS official webpage.
Figure10-25 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (2) ii.
When the LINE login interface appears, login with the account which will receive the messages from PMC.
171
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-26 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (3) iii.
After login, select this account(one-to-one) or a group under this account which PMC will connect to.
Figure10-27 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (4) iv.
After the connection procedure is complete, the new chat room will appear in the list, and it can be selected in the message setting page.
Figure10-28 : LINE Notify Chat Room Setting page (5)
172
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual v.
After you finish all the LINE Notify Chat Room settings, click
“Save” button to save the settings.
Please Note:
The limit of LINE Notify service to each chat room:
The number of text message: 1000 per hour.
PMC-52xx/PMD would not calculate the number of messages sent. The message sending operation would be fail if the number of message sent is over the limitation.
If you copy the PMC-52xx/PMD rule file from one
PMC-52xx/PMD controller to another, they would share the quota of messages. You can re-connect the char room to avoid this problem
PMC-52xx/PMD can only send Text message.
To send LINE messages to multi-LINE accounts with
PMC-52xx/PMD, We suggest you can create a group with LINE
APP first, and connect this group with the LINE Notify service, then you can invite the other LINE accounts to join the group to receive the messages from PMC-52xx/PMD.
10.5
Timer Setting
PMC/PMD provides “Timer” for timing functions. The Timer status can be
“Not Timeout” or “Timeout”. They can be included in the IF Condition statements. The Timer Action can be “Start” or “Reset”. The Start Action will start to run the Timer and if the Start Action is triggered one more time when the Timer is running, the Timer will restart again. The Reset action will reset the Timer and stop running the Timer. The Timer will be in
“Timeout” status only when the Timer is running and reached the setting time, otherwise, the status of Timer will remain in “Not Timeout”.
Follow the following steps ： i
Input the nickname of the timer in the “Nickname” field. ii Specify the initial status of the timer from the dropdown list of the
“Initial Status” field. The “Initial Status” could be “Stop” or “Start” status. iii Specify the period interval in units of seconds. There are two modes to setup the period interval:
173
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Assign Period : Input the period interval in units of seconds manually 。
Internal Register ： Assign the period interval as the value of selected internal register.
Please note: The user must setup internal register before using internal register as timer period. Please refer to
to setup internal register. iv Click button to create a new Timer.
Figure10-29 : Timer creating Page v Repeat steps i~iv to complete settings of all Timer. vi To modify the settings of a pre-set timer, please click on the radio button in front of the timer, and then click on “Setting” to modify the settings. The setting user interface is as following:
Figure10-30 : Timer setting Page(Assign Period)
174
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-31 : Timer setting page(Internal Register) vii To copy the settings of a pre-set Timer to the new Timer, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set Timer and then click “Copy”, a new Timer (in sequence) will be added to the list and the settings of the old Timer will be copied to this newly added Timer. viii To remove a pre-set Timer, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set Timer and then click “Remove”. ix
After all timer settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
10.6
Schedule Setting
PMC/PMD provides Schedules to setup prescheduled routine tasks. The setting of Schedule can be used to check if the system time of the PMC is in the range of date/time setting of the schedule or not. The checking status can be included in the IF Condition statements. Schedule setting page is shown as below:
Figure10-32 : Schedule setting page
The settings steps are as below: i
Click on “Add new schedule” to add a new schedule.
175
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual ii
After clicking the “Add new schedule”, a setting page will appear, input name in the “Name” field and you could also input the description of this schedule in the “Description” field. iii
Select Mode to be “Calendar” or “Repeat”.
Calendar ：
(a.)
In the “Date” field, select the “Starting Month” and “Duration” from the dropdown list. The maximum duration can be set is
120 months. After you specify the Year and Month in the Date section, the calendars corresponding to the Year and Month you specified will appear as shown below:
Figure10-33 : Calendar mode of Schedule setting
(b.)
In the “Time Range(s)” section, click “Add” to add new Time
Range to execute this schedule. Select the start time and the end time from the dropdown list. Each Schedule is required to set at least one Time Range; click on “Add” to add more Time Range.
Please note: the time zones you specified can’t be overlapped. If you specify an end time that is earlier than the start time, such as 20:00:00 ~ 06:00:00, it indicates the end time will be set one day after the start date.
Click “Remove” to remove a pre-set
176
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Time Range.
(c.) On the calendars, click to toggle highlight on the dates you’d like to execute or not execute the operations for this Schedule.
If the date shows a light green background, it indicates the date is “In Range” of the schedule, that is, that date falls into the range that will execute the operations. On the contrary, if the date shows a light grey background, it indicates that date is
“Out of Range” of the schedule, that is, that date falls out of the range and will not execute the operations.
By default, all dates will be “In Range”, that is, during the date range you select, the operation will be executed every day.
“Select All”
button is used to set all dates to be “In Range”; whereas
“Unselect All” button is for marking all dates to be “Out of Range”. The
Weekday button is for you to select all Mondays to Fridays to be “In Range”, and Saturdays and Sundays to be “Out of
Range”, that is, the operations will be executed during weekdays only. On the contrary, the Weekend button is for you to set all Saturdays and Sundays to be “In Range”, and all
Mondays to Fridays to be “Out of Range”, that is, the operations will be executed during weekends only.
Repeat ：
(a.)
In the “Day(s) of week” section, click on the day(s) in a week that is going to execute the schedule; shown as below:
Figure10-34 : Repeat mode of Schedule setting
177
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
(b.)
In the “Exception Date(s)” selection, click on “Add” to add the date(s) that is/are not going to execute the schedule. Click
“Remove” to remove a pre-set Exception Date.
(c.)
In the “Time Range(s)” section, click “Add” to add new Time
Range to execute this schedule. Select the start time and the end time from the dropdown list. Each Schedule is required to set at least one Time Range; click on “Add” to add more Time Range.
Please note: the time zones you specified can’t be overlapped. If you specify an end time that is earlier than the start time, such as 20:00:00 ~ 06:00:00, it indicates the end time will be set one day after the start date.
Click “Remove” to remove a pre-set
Time Range. iv
Click on “OK” to confirm the setting and leave the setting page. v Repeat steps i~iv to complete settings of all Schedule. vi To modify the settings of a pre-set Schedule, please click on the radio button in front of the Schedule, and then click on “Setting” to modify the settings. vii To copy the settings of a pre-set Schedule to the new Schedule, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set Schedule and then click
“Copy”, a new Schedule (in sequence) will be added to the list and the settings of the old Schedule will be copied to this newly added
Schedule. viii To remove a pre-set Schedule, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set Schedule and then click “Remove”. ix After all schedule settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes.
10.7
PUE Setting
PMC/PMD provides 10 PUEs; The configuration is shown as below:
178
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-35 : PUE Setting Page(1)
The settings steps are as below: i Click on "Add new PUE" to add a new PUE option. ii
After clicking the “Add new PUE”, a setting page will appear, select the number of the PUE from the dropdown list, input name in the “Name” field and you could also input the description of this PUE in the
“Description” field. iii Setup the calculation expressions of the "Total Facility Energy", and users can click "add" button to modify the expressions. iv Setup the calculation expressions of the "IT Equipment Energy", and users can click "add" button to modify the expressions v Select the "Data Classification" of the PUE. vi Setup the minimum and maximum display value of the chart on the main page. vii Setup the marker display name and value of the chart on the main page.
(This will affect color of the chart. If you do not enable, it to calculate the color change of the chart based on the minimum and maximum values.) viii Setup the PUE value format on the main page.
179
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-36 : PUE Setting Page(2)
10.8
Internal Register Setting
PMC-5151 provides 48 Internal Registers; PMC-52xx/PMD provides 70
Internal Registers; they can be used to hold temporary variables and the data can be read/written on the Registers via Modbus command. The data on the registers can also be read and evaluated in IF Condition and be written after performing a THEN/ELSE Action. In additional, the
PMC-52xx/PMD's Internal Registers of No.51 to No.70 provide the "Retain
Variable" mechanism. It means that the data inside these Internal Registers will be retained even the PMC-52xx/PMD is in Power Off status. The configuration page is shown as follow.
180
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure10-37 : Internal Register setting page(1)
The settings steps are as below: i Select the number of the Internal Register from the dropdown list, input
“Name” and “Initial Value” and then click to add new Internal
Register.
Please Note: there are up to 48/70 Internal Register can be enabled, if the name of the register is not inputted, the name will be automatically set as “Internal Register#”(#is the number of the register), the default initial value will be set as 0.
ii To modify the settings of a pre-set internal register, please click on the radio button in front of the register, and then click on “Setting” to modify the settings.
Figure10-38 : Internal Register setting page(2) iii To copy the settings of a pre-set internal register to the new internal register, please click the radio button in front of the pre-set internal register and then click “Copy”, a new internal register(in sequence) will be added to the list and the settings of the old internal register will be copied to this newly added internal register. iv To remove a pre-set internal register, please click the radio button in
181
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual front of the pre-set internal register and then click “Remove”. v After you finish all the Internal Registers selections and settings, click
“Save” button to save the settings.
182
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
11 Rules Setting
After finishing all Advanced Setting configurations, you can start to edit
IF-THEN-ELSE rules. Click the “Rules Setting” button, a list of rules will be displayed on the left side of the page, and at the right side of the page will show detailed content of each rule that was previously defined. The rule setting page is shown as below:
Figure11-1 : Rules overview page
In addition to the list of the rules, Rule Management interface will also be shown on the left side of the page. Detailed description is as below:
Add new rule ： To add a new rule, please click “Add new rule”.
Copy ： To copy the settings of an old rule to the new rule, please click on the
button on the right side of the old rule, a new rule will be added to the list and the settings of the old rule will be copied to this newly added rule.
Remove ： To remove a pre-set rule, please click on the button on the right side of the pre-set rule.
Arrange the order ： Right click on the pre-set rule and drag them up or down to arrange the rules into the proper order.
Click “Add new rule” to get into the “Rule Information Setting” page for logic rule edition (shown as below).
183
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-2 : Rules setting page
Nickname
: Input name in the “Nickname” field and you could also input the description of this Rule in the “
Description
” field.
Status
: Select “Enable” or “Disable”. If you select “Enable”, the rule will be executed after being downloaded. If you select “Disable” the rule will only be stored temporarily and will not be executed after being downloaded.
IF Condition Setting
: More detailed information, please refer to 11.1 IF
T HEN/ELSE Action Setting : More detailed information, please refer to
Save : After finish all IF Condition and THEN/ELSE Action setting, click on
“Save” to save the settings.
Please note: if you make modification in Power meter setting, IO module setting or in Advanced Setting after finish defining the rules, it might cause unexpected error due to the changes, some variables may no longer exist.
Therefore, in case you make any modification, please double check your settings and Rules definition to make sure no errors are present.
When user finish settings of an IF Condition or THEN/ELSE Action, after going back to the Rule Information Setting page, a function component will be displayed under the IF Condition or THEN/ELSE Action section(shown as below), the function component will display the settings information of the IF-THEN-ELSE logic rule.
The function component (IF Condition, THEN Action or ELSE Action) provides various functions such as:
184
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Setting : to edit a pre-set function component, click on to get in to the setting page of the function component.
Copy : to copy a pre-set function component, click on to generate a new component with the same pre-set component settings. The new function component will be listed under the pre-set component.
Remove : to remove a pre-set function component, click on to remove the component.
Arrange order : the order of the function component might result in different outcomes of IF-THEN- ELSE rule execution, therefore, user could click on and drag the component to arrange the components into appropriate order.
The following section will give more detailed information of IF Condition and
THEN/ELSE Action settings.
11.1
IF Condition Setting
To add an IF Condition, please select and set the Condition from the dropdown list in the “Add a new Condition” field under the IF Condition setting section.
IF Condition provides the following Condition setting options:
ICP DAS Module
Modbus Module
Power Meter
Microsoft Azure
IBM Bluemix
MQTT
Connection Status
Timer
Schedule
Mobile Network Signal Strength
FTP Upload Status
SD Card Status
Rule Status
Internal Register
If the PMC/PMD is connected to ICP DAS XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/
DL I/O modules, ICP DAS power meters or Modbus TCP/RTU modules, the setting options for I/O channel information (AI, DI, Discrete Input, Coil
185
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Output, Input Register and Holding Register) or power data on these modules will be automatically displayed on the dropdown list.
To include subjects other than modules mentioned above in the IF
Condition statement; they have to be pre-defined in Advanced Setting first.
The setting options of the subjects that already being defined in Advanced
Setting will appear on the dropdown list of IF Condition. Select the
Condition option from the dropdown list in the “Add a new Condition” field under the IF Condition setting section, a window will pop up for you to edit detailed information. The setting options of IF Condition are as follow:
11.1.1
ICP DAS Module
Click on ICP DAS Module (XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/DL), 3 options will appear as the following: DI, DI Counter, and AI.
11.1.1.1
DI
DI channel value from XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000 module can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement; the setting page for DI Condition Setting is shown as below (using XW-Board as an example) :
Figure11-3 : DI condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the module and channel from the dropdown list of the
“Module & Channel” section that you are going to include its value in the IF condition statements. ii Define the evaluation criteria of the status in IF statement to be
“OFF”, “ON”, “ON to OFF”, “OFF to ON” or “Change”. Once the DI channel value matches the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”.
Please note: If the statement involves state transitions: “ON to OFF”, “OFF to
ON” and “Change”, the action will be executed only once and only at the moment when the state transition occurs.
186
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.1.1.2
DI Counter
DI counter value from XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000 module can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement; the editing page for DI Counter Condition Setting is shown as follow
(using XW-Board as an example) :
Figure11-4 : DI Counter condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the module and channel from the dropdown list of the
“Module & Channel” section that you are going to include its value in the IF condition statements. ii Set up the expression statement for this counter value. Select an operator from “=”,”>”,”<”,”>=”,“<=” or “Change”. iii Set up the value for comparison; select the value from the dropdown list to be “User-Defined” or “Internal Register”. If
“User-Defined” is selected, input the “User-Defined” value under the “Value” section. If “Internal Register” is selected, select the number of the Internal Register from the dropdown list. If the DI counter value match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. If the operator is “Change”, there is no need to set the comparison value; the condition will be “true” when there is a change to the counter value. The action will be executed only once and only at the moment when DI Counter experience a change. iv
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.1.1.3
AI
AI channel value from XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/DL module
187
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page for
AI Condition Setting is shown as below (using XW-Board as an example) :
Figure11-5 : AI condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the module and channel from the dropdown list of the
“Module & Channel” section that you are going to include its value in the IF condition statements. ii Set up the expression statement for this channel value. Select an operator from “=”,”>”,”<”,”>=” or “<=”. iii And then specify the evaluation value. If this AI channel value match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iv PMC/PMD provides the following 7 values options; you can compare them with the AI channel value for condition evaluation:
User-Defined: The “User-Defined” value could be used as evaluation criteria; input the “User-Defined” value under the
“Value” field.
Internal Register: The “Internal Register” value could be used as evaluation criteria; select the number of the Internal
Register from the dropdown list.
188
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The AI channel value from other ICP DAS modules(such as:
XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/DL) could be used as evaluation criteria; select the module and channel from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
The AO channel value from other ICP DAS modules(such as:
XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000) could be used as evaluation criteria; select the module and channel from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
The Input Register value from other Modbus RTU/TCP
Slave modules could be used as evaluation criteria; select the module and channel from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
Holding Register: The Holding Register value from other
Modbus RTU/TCP Slave modules could be used as evaluation criteria; select the module and channel from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
189
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Power Meter: The power data of the Power Meter could be used as evaluation criteria; select the power data from the dropdown list: V, I, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh,
Actual Demand, Forecast Demand, Hourly Maximum
Demand, Daily Maximum Demand, Monthly Maximum
Demand, Daily Accumulated Electricity, Monthly
Accumulated Electricity and Yearly Accumulated Electricity.
And then select module and channel from the dropdown list to specify which power meter and loop(or phase) value will be used. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.1.2
Modbus Module
Click on “Modbus Module”, 4 options will appear as the following:
Discrete Input, Coil Output, Input Register and Holding Register.
11.1.2.1
Discrete Input
Discrete Input channel value from Modbus TCP/RTU Slave module can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page for Discrete Input Condition Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-6 : Discrete Input condition setting page
Follow the steps below:
190
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual i Specify the module and address of the Modbus TCP/RTU
Slave module from the dropdown list of the “Module &
Address” section that you are going to include its value in the
IF condition statements. ii Define the evaluation criteria of the status in IF statement to be
“OFF” or “ON”. iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.1.2.2
Coil Output
Coil Output channel value from Modbus TCP/RTU Slave module can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page for
Coil Output Condition Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-7 : Coil Output condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the module and address of the Modbus TCP/RTU
Slave module from the dropdown list of the “Module &
Address” section that you are going to include its value in the
IF condition statements. ii Define the evaluation criteria of the status in IF statement to be
“OFF” or “ON”. iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.1.2.3
Input Register
Input Register channel value from Modbus TCP/RTU Slave module can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page for Input Register Condition Setting is shown as below:
191
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-8 : Input Register condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the module and address of the Modbus TCP/RTU
Slave module from the dropdown list of the “Module &
Address” section that you are going to include its value in the
IF condition statements. ii Set up the expression statement for this Input Register address value. Select an operator from “=”,”>”,”<”,”>=” or “<=”. iii And then specify the evaluation value. If this Input Register value match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iv PMC/PMD provides 7 value options; you can compare them with the Input Register value for condition evaluation. Please
refer to “ 11.1.1.3 AI ” section for more detailed information for
comparison value settings of these 7 options. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.1.2.4
Holding Register
Holding Register channel value from Modbus TCP/RTU Slave module can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page for Holding Register Condition Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-9 : Holding Register condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the module and address of the Modbus TCP/RTU
192
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Slave module from the dropdown list of the “Module &
Address” section that you are going to include its value in the
IF condition statements. ii Set up the expression statement for this Holding Register address value. Select an operator from “=”,”>”,”<”,”>=” or
“<=”. iii And then specify the evaluation value. If this Holding Register value match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iv PMC/PMD provides 7 value options; you can compare them with the Holding Register value for condition evaluation.
Please refer to “ 11.1.1.3 AI ” section for more detailed
information for comparison value settings of these 7 options. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.1.3
Power Meter
The power data of the Power Meter could be used as evaluation criteria; the power data options are as follow: V, I, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Actual Demand, Forecast Demand, Hourly Maximum
Demand, Daily Maximum Demand, Monthly Maximum Demand,
Daily Total Electricity, Monthly Total Electricity and Yearly Total
Electricity. The setting page for Power Meter Condition Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-10 : Power Meter condition setting page
Select which power data of the Power Meter is going to be used and then continue the following steps (taking option V as an example): i Specify the power meter and loop/phase from the dropdown list of the “Module & Address” section that you are going to include its value in the IF condition statements. ii Set up the expression statement for this power data value of the
Power Meter. Select an operator from “=”,”>”,”<”,”>=” or “<=”. iii And then specify the evaluation value. If this power data value of
193
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual the Power Meter match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iv PMC/PMD provides 7 value options; you can compare them with the power data value of the Power Meter for condition evaluation.
” section for more detailed information
for comparison value settings of these 7 options. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.4
Microsoft Azure
Click on Microsoft Azure, 2 options will appear as the following: "
Connection Status" and " Subscribe Message".
11.1.4.1
Connection Status
The Connection Status between PMC-52xx/PMD and Microsoft
Azure can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement.
The editing page for Microsoft Azure Connection Status Condition
Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-11 : Microsoft Azure Connection Status condition setting
Follow the steps below: i Specify the connection status to be “Offline” or “Online”. If the connection status of Microsoft Azure match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”.
ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.4.2
Subscribe Message
The Variable in the Subscribe Message from Microsoft Azure can be used in the IF condition statements; the editing page for Microsoft
Azure Subscribe Message condition setting is shown as below:
194
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-12 : Microsoft Azure Subscribe Message condition setting
Follow the steps below: i Specify the variable from the dropdown list of “Variable Name” field that you are going to include it in the IF condition statements.
ii Set up the expression statement for the content of this Subscribe
Topic. Select an operator from “=”, “>”, “=” or “<=”.
iii Specify the user-defined evaluation value. If the content of this variable match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. PMC-52xx/PMD provides 7 values options; you can compare them with the content of this Subscribe
Topic for condition evaluation. Please refer to " 11.1.1.3 AI " for
detail.
iv Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.5
IBM Bluemix
Click on IBM Bluemix, 2 options will appear as the following: "
Connection Status" and " Subscribe Message".
11.1.5.1
Connection Status
The Connection Status between PMC-52xx/PMD and IBM Bluemix can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement. The editing page for IBM Bluemix Connection Status Condition Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-13 : IBM Bluemix Connection Status condition setting
Follow the steps below:
195
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual i Specify the connection status to be “Offline” or “Online”. If the connection status of IBM Bluemix match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”.
ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.5.2
Subscribe Message
The Command and Variable in the Subscribe Message from IBM
Bluemix can be used in the IF condition statements; the editing page for IBM Bluemix Subscribe Message condition setting is shown as below:
Figure11-14 : IBM Bluemix Subscribe Message condition setting
Follow the steps below: i Specify the Command and Variable from the dropdown list of
“Command Name” and “Variable Name” fields that you are going to include them in the IF condition statements. Only when the Subscribe Message is bound with the setting of the“Command Name”, then the IF condition statements will be processed. User can select “*” to ignore the criteria. ii Set up the expression statement for the content of this Subscribe
Topic. Select an operator from “=”, “>”, “=” or “<=” iii Specify the user-defined evaluation value. If the content of this
Subscribe Topic match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. PMC-52xx/PMD provides 7 values options; you can compare them with the content of this
Subscribe Topic for condition evaluation. Please refer to
iv Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.6
MQTT
The parameters of MQTT Broker connection status and Subscribe
196
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Topic can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing pages for MQTT Broker connection status and Subscribe Topic condition setting are shown as below:
11.1.6.1
Broker Connection Status
The Broker connection status can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page is shown as below:
Figure11-15 : Broker Connection Status condition setting
Follow the steps below: i
Specify the Broker from the dropdown list of “Broker” field that you are going to include its connection status in the IF condition statements. ii
And then specify the connection status to be “Offline” or
“Online”. If the connection status of the Broker match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be
“true”. iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.6.2
Subscribe Topic
The content of the Subscribe Topic can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page is shown as below:
Figure11-16 : Subscribe Topic condition setting
Follow the steps below: i Specify the Broker and Subscribe Topic from the dropdown list of
“Broker” field and “Topic” field that you are going to include
197
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual them in the IF condition statements. ii Set up the expression statement for the content of this Subscribe
Topic. Select an operator from “=”, “>”, “=” or “<=”. iii Specify the user-defined evaluation value. If the content of this
Subscribe Topic match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. PMC-52xx/PMD provides 7 values options; you can compare them with the content of this
Subscribe Topic for condition evaluation. Please refer to
iv
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.7
Connection Status
Connection Status can be included in the IF condition statements; the editing page for Connection Status Condition Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-17 : Connection Status condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i
Specify the module from the dropdown list of the “Module” section that you are going to include its Connection Status in the IF condition statements. ii
And then specify the Connection Status to be “Offline” or “Online”.
If the Connection Status of the module match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.8
Timer
Timer condition can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement; the editing page for timer condition setting is shown as follow:
198
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-18 : Timer condition setting page
Follow the following steps: i Select the timer that you are going to use its status as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement. Specify the timer from the dropdown list of the “Timer” field. ii Define the evaluation criteria of the timer status in IF statement to be “Not timeout” or “Timeout”. If the timer status match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be
“true”. iii
Click “OK” button to save the settings. The popup window will be closed and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.9
Schedule
The Schedule can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement; the editing page for Schedule Condition Setting is shown as follow:
Figure11-19 : Schedule condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select the Schedule that you are going to use for IF condition statement from the dropdown list of “Schedule” field. ii
The “Status” field must be “In Range”. If the system time of the
PMC is in the range of date/time setting of the schedule, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iii Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.10
Mobile Network Signal Strength
199
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The Mobile Network Signal Strength can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement; the editing page for Mobile Network
Signal Strength Condition Setting is shown as follow:
Figure11-20 : Mobile Network Signal Strength condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select the unit that you are going to use for IF condition statement.
The interface provides dBm and Percent(%) for selection. ii Set up the expression statement for the Mobile Network Signal
Strength value. Select an operator from “=”, “>”, “=” or “<=”. iii Specify the evaluation value. If the Mobile Network Signal Strength value match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iv
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.11
FTP Upload Status
The status of FTP Upload Status can be used as evaluation criteria for
IF condition statement; the editing page for FTP Upload Status
Condition Setting is shown as follow:
Figure11-21 : FTP Upload Status condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i
In the “Status” field, set up the maximum allowable idle time period when fails to upload files via FTP; once the time period reaches the maximum allowable idle time period, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
200
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
11.1.12
SD Card Status
The status of SD Card can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement; the editing page for SD Card Status Condition
Setting is shown as follow:
Figure11-22 : SD Card Status condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i When the status of micro SD Card appears irregular (micro SD Card is not detected or the space is less than 100MB), the result of this condition evaluation will be “true” Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.1.13
Rule Status
The Rule Status (if the Rule is disabled or enabled) can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement. Please note: there must be at least one edited rule on PMC/PMD controller for setting up Rule
Status in the IF Condition Setting page . The editing page for Rule
Status Condition Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-23 : Rule Status condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the Rule that is going to be used in the IF Condition statement from the dropdown list of the “Rule” field. ii
Specify the Rule status to be “Disable” or “Enable” from the dropdown list of the “Status” field. When the Rule status matches the specified status, the evaluation result will be “true”. iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
201
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
11.1.14
Internal Register
Internal Register value can be used as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement; the editing page for Internal Register Condition Setting is shown as follow:
Figure11-24 : Internal register condition setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select the Internal Register that you are going to use the value as evaluation criteria for IF condition statement. Specify the Internal
Register Index from the dropdown list of “No.” field. ii Set up the expression statement for this Internal Register value.
Select an operator from “=”,”>”,”<”,”>=” or “<=”. iii And then specify the evaluation value. If this Internal Register value match the evaluation criteria, the result of this condition evaluation will be “true”. iv PMC/PMD provides 7 value options; you can compare them with the Input Register value for condition evaluation. Please refer to
” section for more detailed information for comparison
value settings of these 7 options. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
202
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
11.2
THEN/ELSE Action Setting
To add a THEN/ELSE Action, please select and set the Action from the dropdown list in the “Add a new Action” field under the THEN/ELSE
Action setting section.
ICP DAS Module
Modbus Module
Power Meter
Microsoft Azure
IBM Bluemix
MQTT
Timer
SMS Alarm
SNMP Trap
LINE Notify
Data Logger
Rule Status
Internal Register
If the PMC/PMD is connected to ICP DAS XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/
DL I/O modules, ICP DAS power meters or Modbus TCP/RTU modules, the setting options for I/O channel information (AO 、 DO 、 Coil Output 和
Holding Register) will be automatically displayed on the dropdown list.
To include subjects other than modules mentioned above in the
THEN/ELSE Action statement; they have to be pre-defined in Advanced
Setting first. The setting options of the subjects that already being defined in
Advanced Setting will appear on the dropdown list of THEN/ELSE Action.
Select the Action option from the dropdown list in the “Add a new Action” field under the THEN/ELSE Action setting section, a window will pop up for you to edit detailed information. The THEN Action statement will be executed only when the result of IF condition statement is found “true”; otherwise the ELSE Action statement will be executed. In order to meet application requirement, for some Actions, PMC/PMD offers options to execute the Action one-time or repeatedly . The setting options of
THEN/ELSE Action are as follow:
One-Time: when the IF Condition is TRUE, this Action will be executed once and only once. This Action will not be executed again
203
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual until the IF Condition turns to be TRUE again.
Repeat: when the IF Condition is TRUE, this Action will be executed repeatedly until the IF Condition turns to be FALSE.
The setting options of THEN/ELSE Action are as follow:
11.2.1
ICP DAS Module
Click on ICP DAS Module(XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/DL), 3 options will appear as the following: DI Counter, DO, and AO.
11.2.1.1
DI Counter
You can reset DI counter of the XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000 modules in the THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page for
DI counter Action is shown as follow:
Figure11-25 : DI Counter action setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select the DI channel to reset DI counter from the dropdown list of channel field in the “Module & Channel” section. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.2.1.2
DO
You can execute an action in DO channel of
XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/DL module in the THEN/ELSE
Action statement; the editing page for DO Action is shown as follow:
Figure11-26 : DO action setting page
204
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Follow the steps below: i Specify the module and channel from the dropdown list of the
“Module & Channel” section. ii Specify the output value of DO Channel from the dropdown list of the “Status” field. The output value can be “OFF”, “ON” or “Pulse Output” (
Pulse Output applies to XW-Board/
XV-Board only ). For M-7088 belongs to PWM ( Pulse width modulation ) modules, the DO channel Action will be “Start
PWM” or “Stop PWM”. iii
Specify the “Frequency” to be “One-Time” or “Repeat”. iv
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.2.1.3
AO
You can execute an action in AO channel of
XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000 module in THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page for AO Action is shown as follow:
Figure11-27 : AO action setting page
Follow the steps below: i
From the dropdown list of the “Module & Channel” field, select the AO channel to execute actions. ii
Specify the Operator to be “=”, “+=”, or “-=” from the dropdown list in the “Operator” field. The 3 operators are as follow ：
“=” ： Indicate assign the new AO channel value as the value in “Value” field
“+=” ： Indicate assign the new AO channel value as the original AO channel value plus the value in “Value” field.
“-=” ： Indicate assign the new AO channel value as the original AO channel value minus the value in “Value” field.
205
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual iii
Set up the value in the “Value” field, PMC/PMD provides the following 7 value options to be used in the “Value” field:
User-Defined: Input a User-Defined value under the
“Value” field.
Internal Register: Select the number of the Internal Register from the dropdown list.
AI: Using AI channel values from
XW-Board/XV-Board/M-7000/DL, select the module and channel from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
AO: using AO channel values from XW-Board/XV-Board
/M-7000, select the module and channel from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
Internal Register: using value of Internal Register from
Modbus RTU/TCP Slave modules, select the module and address from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
206
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Holding Register: using value of Holding Register from
Modbus RTU/TCP Slave modules, select the module and address from the dropdown list to specify which channel value will be used.
Power Meter: using the power data of the Power Meter; select the power data from the dropdown list: V, I, kW, kvar, kVA, PF, kWh, kvarh, kVAh, Actual Demand, Forecast
Demand, Hourly Maximum Demand, Daily Maximum
Demand, Monthly Maximum Demand, Daily Total
Electricity, Monthly Total Electricity and Yearly Total
Electricity. And then select the power meter and loop(or phase) from the dropdown list to specify which power meter and loop(or phase) value will be used. iv
Specify the “Frequency” to be “One-Time” or “Repeat”. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.2.2
Modbus Module
Click on “Modbus Module”, 2 options will appear as the following:
Coil Output and Holding Register.
11.2.2.1
Coil Output
You can execute an action to change the status of Coil Output of
Modbus TCP/RTU module in the THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page for Coil Output Action is shown as follow:
207
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-28 : Coil Output action setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select the module and address of the Coil Output from the dropdown list of the “Module & Address” section. ii Specify the output value of Coil Output from the dropdown list of the “Status” field. The output value can be “OFF” or, “ON”. iii
Specify the “Frequency” to be “One-Time” or “Repeat”. iv
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.2.2.2
Holding Register
You can execute an action to change the value of Holding Register in the THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page for Holding
Register Action is shown as follow:
Figure11-29 : Holding Register action setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select the module and address of the Holding Register from the dropdown list of the “Module & Address” section. ii
Specify the Operator in the “Operator” field. The 3 operators are as follow ：
“=” ： Indicate assign the new Holding Register value as the value in “Value” field.
“+=” ： Indicate assign the new Holding Register value as the original Holding Register value plus the value in
“Value” field.
208
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
“-=” ： Indicate assign the new Holding Register value as the original Holding Register value minus the value in
“Value” field. iii
Set up the value in the “Value” field, PMC/PMD provides 7
value options. Please refer to “ 11.2.1.3 AO
detailed information for value settings of these 7 options. iv
Specify the “Frequency” to be “One-Time” or “Repeat”. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the
Rule settings page.
11.2.3
Power Meter
Click on “Power Meter”, 1 option “Power Relay” will appear. You can execute an action to change the Power Relay status of the Power Meter in the THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page for Power Relay
Action of Power Meter is shown as follow:
Figure11-30 : Power Meter Relay Action setting page
Follow the steps below: i From the dropdown list of the “Power Meter & Channel” field, select the Power Meter module and Channel. ii Specify the output value of Power Relay from the dropdown list of the “Status” field. The output value can be “OFF” or, “ON”. iii
Specify the “Frequency” to be “One-Time” or “Repeat”.
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.4
Microsoft Azure
Click on “Microsoft Azure”, 2 options will appear as the following:
“Function Status” and “Publish Message”.
11.2.4.1
Function Status
User can execute an action to change the connection operation
209
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual between Microsoft Azure and PMC-52xx/PMD in the
THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page is shown as follow:
Figure11-31 : Microsoft Azure Function Status action setting
Follow the steps below: i Specify the connection operation between Microsoft Azure and
PMC-52xx/PMD to be “Disable” or “Enable” from the dropdown list of the “Status” field. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.4.2
Publish Message
You can publish messages to Microsoft Azure when executing a
THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page is shown as below:
Figure11-32 : Microsoft Azure Publish Message action setting
Follow the steps below: i Select a pre-set Publish message from the dropdown list of the
“Message” field. The Publish message will be displayed for you to verify if this is the message you are going to send to. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.5
IBM Bluemix
Click on “IBM Bluemix”, 2 options will appear as the following:
210
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
“Function Status” and “Publish Message”.
11.2.5.1
Function Status
User can execute an action to change the connection operation between IBM Bluemix and PMC-52xx/PMD in the THEN/ELSE
Action statement; the editing page is shown as follow:
Figure11-33 : IBM Bluemix Function Status action setting
Follow the steps below: i Specify the connection operation between IBM Bluemix and
PMC-52xx/PMD to be “Disable” or “Enable” from the dropdown list of the “Status” field. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.5.2
Publish Message
You can publish messages to IBM Bluemix when executing a
THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page is shown as below:
Figure11-34 : IBM Bluemix Publish Message action setting
Follow the steps below: i Select a pre-set Publish message from the dropdown list of the
“Message” field. The Publish message will be displayed for you to verify if this is the message you are going to send to. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
211
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
11.2.6
MQTT
Click on “MQTT”, 2 options will appear as the following: “Broker
Function” and “Publish Message”.
11.2.6.1
Broker Function
User can execute an action to change the function status of MQTT
Broker in the THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page is shown as follow:
Figure11-35 : Broker Function action setting page
Follow the steps below: i
Select the specific Broker from the dropdown list of the “Broker” field. ii
Specify the Broker Function status to be “Disable” or “Enable” from the dropdown list of the “Status” field. When the Action being executed, the Broker Function status will be changed to specified status. iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.6.2
Publish Message
You can publish a MQTT Topic to the Broker when executing a
THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page is shown as below:
Figure11-36 : Publish Message action setting page
212
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Follow the steps below: i Select a pre-set MQTT Publish Topic message from the dropdown list of the “Broker” and “Message” fields. The MQTT Publish
Topic message will be displayed for you to verify if this is the
MQTT Publish Topic message you are going to send to. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.7
Timer
You can change the Timer status (to Start or to Reset the Timer) in the
THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page for Timer Action
Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-37 : Timer action setting page
Follow the following steps: i Select the pre-defined Timer from the dropdown list of the “Timer” field. Please note: the Timer you select has to be created in
Advanced Setting. ii
Specify you want to “Reset” or “Start” this Timer when this
THEN/ELSE Action statement is executed. The Start Action will start to run the Timer and if the Start Action is triggered one more time when the Timer is running, the Timer will restart again. The
Reset action will reset the Timer and stop running the Timer. iii
Click “OK” button to save the settings. The popup window will be closed and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.8
You can send a Email message to an Email group when executing a
THEN/ELSE Action statement; the editing page is as below:
213
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-38 : Email action setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select a pre-set Email group from the dropdown list of the “Index” field. Please note: the Email you select has to be enabled in
Advanced Setting. The Email group information will be displayed for you to verify if this is the Email group you are going to send the message to.
ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.9
SMS Alarm
You can send a specific SMS Alarm message (ICP DAS
GTM-203M-3GWA is required) when executing a THEN/ELSE Action statement. The setting page is show as below:
Figure11-39 : SMS Alarm action setting page
Follow the steps below: i
In the “SMS Alarm” field, specify the SMS Alarm you want to execute in Action from the dropdown list. Please note: the SMS
Alarm you select has to be enabled in Advanced Setting. The selected SMS Alarm message such as phone numbers and message
214
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual content will be displayed for you to verify if this is the SMS Alarm you want to send.
ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.10
SNMP Trap
You can send a specific SNMP Trap when executing a THEN/ELSE
Action statement. The setting page is show as below:
Figure11-40 : SNMP Trap Action Setting Page
Follow the steps below: i In the “Trap” field, specify the SNMP Trap you want to execute in
Action from the dropdown list. Please note, the SNMP Trap you
select has to be the pre-set SNMP Trap in the SNMP Trap Setting of
The selected SNMP Trap message such as
“Variable Bindings” and message content will be displayed for you to verify if this is the SNMP Trap you want to send. ii Select the Action Execution Frequency, there are two options as
“One Time” and “Repeat” for selection. Please refer to “
” section for the description of “One
Time” and “Repeat” operation. iii
Input the value in the “Waiting Time” field, it means after the action be executed, how long the system will delay to execute the next
Action. The unit will be second(s). iv
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.11
LINE Notify
You can send a specific LINE Notify message to LINE personal
215
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual account or group chat rooms when executing a THEN/ELSE Action statement. The setting page is show as below:
Figure11-41 : LINE Notify action setting page
Follow the steps below: i
In the “Message” field, specify the LINE message you want to send in Action from the dropdown list. The selected LINE Notify message such as “Chat Room” and message content will be displayed for you to verify if this is the LINE message you want to send. ii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.12
Data Logger
You can execute “One-Time Log” in the Action statements to perform data recording one-time only when an event is triggered. The setting page is show as below:
Figure11-42 : Data Logger action setting page
Follow the steps below: i
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.13
Rule Status
The Rule Status can be modified to be Disable or Enable in the Action.
The editing page for Rule Status Action Setting is shown as below:
216
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Figure11-43 : Rule Status action setting page
Follow the steps below: i Specify the Rule (It has to be a previously saved Rule) that is going to be changed in the Action Condition statement from the dropdown list of the “Rule” field. ii Specify the Rule status to be Disable or Enable from the dropdown list of the “Action” field. When the Action being executed, the Rule status will be changed to specified status. iii
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
11.2.14
Internal Register
You can modify the value of Internal Register in the THEN/ELSE
Action statement; the editing page for Internal Register Action Setting is shown as below:
Figure11-44 : Internal Register action setting page
Follow the steps below: i Select the pre-defined Internal Register from the dropdown list of the “No” field.
Please note: the Internal Register you select has to be enabled in Advanced Setting.
ii
Specify the Operator in the “Operator” field. The 5 operators are as follow:
“=” ： Indicate assign the new Internal Register value as the value in “Value” field.
“+=” ： Indicate assign the new Internal Register value as the original Internal Register value plus the value in “Value” field.
217
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
“-=” ： Indicate assign the new Internal Register value as the original Internal Register value minus the value in “Value” field.
“*=” ： Indicate assign the new Internal Register value as the original Internal Register value times the value in “Value” field.
“/=” ： Indicate assign the new Internal Register value as the original Internal Register value divided by the value in “Value” field. iii
Set up the value in the “Value” field, PMC/PMD provides 7 value
information for value settings of these 7 options. iv
Specify the “Frequency” to be “One-Time” or “Repeat”. v
Click “OK” button to confirm the settings and return to the Rule settings page.
218
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix I
：
Modbus Address Table
}
PMC/PMD allows SCADA software or HMI device to retrieve the power data, I/O channel data and system information via Modbus TCP/RTU protocol. PMC/PMD register addresses are specified according to Modbus register mapping tables (more detailed information will follow).
Please Note:
The addresses are in Base 0 format
The addresses are in Decimal format
The default value of NetID is 1, and you can modify the NetID value in the
Network Setting page. (Please refer to 6.2 Network Setting ).
If the data is displayed in Floating format, each record of data will take two registers to hold the data. The following code example demonstrates how to join the two registers into one floating point value. float register_to_float(short r1, short r2)
{
} float f; int *a = &f;
*a = r1; a++;
*a = r2; return f;
For the compilers are different (big endian or little endian) the floating point composing order might be different. For example: if r1 represent the address of
30100 register and r2 represent the address of 30101 register, to join r1 and r2 to a floating point, if the system is big endian system you will need to call: float value = register_to_float(r1, r2);
On the other hand, if the system is little endian system, you will need to call: float value = register_to_float(r2, r1);
Please Note:
1.
If you are not sure your compiler belongs to which system, try both ways to find the accurate one.
2.
The way to join the two registers value into DWORD is similar to
Floating point; change the return value to DWORD or Unsigned Long.
219
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PMC/PMD Modbus Address Table
Please note ： Because each PMC/PMD product model provide different COM Port capability. So please verify the mapping information between RS-485-1 & RS-485-2 and actual COM Port as below.
PMC-5151
PMC-5231
RS-485-1
COM2
COM3
RS-485-2
COM3
COM4
PMC-5231M-3GWA
PMC-5231M-4GE/4GC
PMD-2201
PMD-4201
COM3
COM3
COM1
COM1
COM4
COM4
COM2
COM2
Modbus
Address
Coil Output
(0x)
Discrete Input
(1x)
Input Register
(3x)
Holding Register
(4x)
0~59
60~75
76~91
92~107
108~123
PMC/PMD System Data
(1)
RS-485-1 connection status
(2)
RS-485-2 connection status
(2)
LAN
(Modbus TCP) module connection status
(2)
RS-485-1
Information
(3)
RS-485-2
Information
LAN
(3)
(Modbus TCP) module
Information
(3)
Internal Register
Data
(4)
124~139
140~155
200~299
300~319
1000~20999
XW Board Data
(5)
/XW Board Data
(6)
PUE Data
(7)
Module / Power Meter Data of RS-485-1
(1) Each Module/Power Data block contains 1200 addresses.
220
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
(2) Each Power Meter Information block contains 50 addresses.
1000~2199
2200~3399
3400~4599
4600~5799
5800~6999
7000~8199
8200~9399
9400~10599
10600~11799
11800~12999
13000~14199
14200~15399
15400~16599
16600~17799
17800~18999
19000~20199
20200~20249
20250~20299
20300~20349
20350~20399
20400~20449
20450~20499
20500~20549
20550~20599
20600~20649
20650~20699
20700~20749
20750~20799
20800~20849
20850~20899
20900~20949
20950~20999
Module/Power Data
(Index=1) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=2) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=3) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=4) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=5) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=6) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=7) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=8) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=9) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=10) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=11) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=12) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=13) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=14) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=15) of RS-485-1
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=16) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=1) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=2) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=3) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=4) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=5) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=6) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=7) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=8) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=9) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=10) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=11) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=12) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=13) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=14) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=15) of RS-485-1
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=16) of RS-485-1
(8)
21000~40999 Module / Power Meter Data of RS-485-2
221
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
(1) Each Module/Power Data block contains 1200 addresses.
(2) Each Power Meter Information block contains 50 addresses.
41000~60999
36600~37799
37800~38999
39000~40199
40200~40249
40250~40299
40300~40349
40350~40399
40400~40449
40450~40499
40500~40549
40550~40599
40600~40649
40650~40699
40700~40749
40750~40799
40800~40849
40850~40899
40900~40949
40950~40999
21000~22199
22200~23399
23400~24599
24600~25799
25800~26999
27000~28199
28200~29399
29400~30599
30600~31799
31800~32999
33000~34199
34200~35399
35400~36599
Module/Power Data
(Index=1) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=2) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=3) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=4) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=5) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=6) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=7) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=8) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=9) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=10) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=11) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=12) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=13) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=14) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=15) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=16) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=1) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=2) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=3) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=4) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=5) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=6) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=7) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=8) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=9) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=10) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=11) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=12) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=13) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=14) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=15) of RS-485-2
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=16) of RS-485-2
(8)
Module / Power Meter Data of LAN
222
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
(1) Each Module/Power Data block contains 1200 addresses.
(2) Each Power Meter Information block contains 50 addresses.
41000~42199
42200~43399
43400~44599
44600~45799
45800~46999
47000~48199
48200~49399
49400~50599
50600~51799
51800~52999
53000~54199
54200~55399
55400~56599
56600~57799
57800~58999
59000~60199
60200~60249
60250~60299
60300~60349
60350~60399
Module/Power Data
(Index=1) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=2) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=3) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=4) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=5) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=6) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=7) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=8) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=9) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=10) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=11) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=12) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=13) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=14)
of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=15) of LAN
(8)
Module/Power Data
(Index=16) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=1) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=2) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=3) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=4) of LAN
(8)
60400~60449
60450~60499
60500~60549
60550~60599
60600~60649
60650~60699
60700~60749
60750~60799
60800~60849
Power Meter Information
(Index=5) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=6) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=7) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=8) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=9) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=10) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=11) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=12) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=13) of LAN
(8)
60850~60899
60900~60949
60950~60999
Power Meter Information
(Index=14) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=15) of LAN
(8)
Power Meter Information
(Index=16) of LAN
(8)
More detailed information for each block please refer to the number in quotes and
223
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual find the related information in the following section.
(1) PMC/PMD System Data
This block stores the system information of PMC/PMD, shown as below:
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
Local FTP Server 100000 1 Byte
0=Disable
1=Enable
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Module Name 300000 1
Firmware Version
Serial Number 1
300002
300004
2
1
Serial Number 2
Serial Number 3
Serial Number 4
Serial Number 5
300005
300006
300007
300008
1
1
1
1
Serial Number 6
Serial Number 7
Serial Number 8
Boot Date(Year)
Boot Date(Month)
Boot Date(Day)
300009
300010
300011
300012
300013
300014
Boot Time(Hour)
Boot Time(Minute)
Boot Time(Second)
Alive Count
300015
300016
300017
300018
Cycle Time 300019
XW-Board/XV-Board Name 300020
RS-485-1 Connection Status 300021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RS-485-2 Connection Status 300022
LAN Connection Status 300023
XW-Board/XV-Board
Update Rate
RS-485-1 Update Rate
RS-485-2 Update Rate
Modbus Slave NetID
300024
300025
300026
300028
1
1
1
1
UInt16 0~65535
Float Floating Point
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 1752~
UInt16 1~12
UInt16 1~31
UInt16 0~23
UInt16 0~59
UInt16 0~59
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535(ms)
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0=Offline, 1=Online
UInt16
UInt16
UInt16
Each bit represents a module.
0~65535(ms)
UInt16 0~65535(ms)
UInt16 0~65535(ms)
UInt16 1~247
224
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Modbus TCP Port 300029
Web Port
SMS Register Status
300030
300031
1
1
1
UInt16 1~65535
UInt16 1~65535
UInt16 1~65535
Mobile Network Signal
Strength
Mobile Network Signal
Strength (Percent) micro SD Free Space
300032
300033
1
1
Int16
Int16
-32768~32767(dbm)
0, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100
FTP Upload Status
300034
300035
1
1
UInt16 0~65535(MB)
Int16
-1=Initializing
0=Failed
1=Success
Float 0~99999999(kW)
Float 0.001~99999999
Contract Capacity
Carbon Footprint Factor
Calculation Interval for
Demand
300036
300038
300040
2
2
1 UInt16 15/30/60(minutes)
(2) RS-485-1 / RS-485-2 / LAN Modules Connection Status
This block stores the connection status of M-7000/DL, power meter and Modbus
TCP/RTU modules that are connected to the PMC/PMD, detailed information is shown as below:
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
The connection status of
M-7000/DL, power meter and
Modbus RTU modules that are connected to RS-485-1.
100060-
100075
The connection status of
M-7000/DL, power meter and
Modbus RTU modules that are connected to RS-485-2.
The connection status of power meter and Modbus
TCP modules that are connected to LAN.
100076-
100091
100092-
100107
1
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=Offline
1=Online
0=Offline
1=Online
0=Offline
1=Online
225
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
(3) RS-485-1 / RS-485-2 / LAN Modules Information
This block stores the module type or address information of M-7000/DL, power meter and Modbus TCP/RTU modules that are connected to the PMC/PMD. If the module is
M-7000/DL or power meter, it will show the module type. If it is the Modbus
TCP/RTU module, it will show the Address or NetID of the module. Detailed information is shown as below:
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
The module type or address of M-7000/DL, power meter or Modbus
RTU modules that are connected to RS-485-1.
The module type or address of M-7000/DL, power meter or Modbus
RTU modules that are connected to RS-485-2.
The module type or
NetID of power meter or
Modbus TCP modules that are connected to
LAN.
300060-
300075
300076-
300091
300092-
300107
1
1
1
UInt16
UInt16
UInt16
7002 ~ 7088 /
2133 ~ 4324 /
Module Address
7002 ~ 7088 /
2133 ~ 4324 /
Module Address
2133 ~ 4324 /
Module NetID
(1~64)
(1~64)
(1~247)
(4) Internal Register Data
This block stores the Internal Register data provided by PMC/PMD. For PMD-5151, it provides 48 sets of Internal Register. For PMC-52xx/PMD, it provides 70 sets of
Internal Register.
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Internal Register 1 400060 2
Internal Register 2 400062 2
Internal Register 3
Internal Register 4
Internal Register 5
Internal Register 6
Internal Register 7
Internal Register 8
400064
400066
400068
400070
400072
400074
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
226
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Internal Register 45
Internal Register 46
Internal Register 47
Internal Register 48
400148
400150
400152
400154
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Internal Register 67
Internal Register 68
Internal Register 69
Internal Register 70
400192
400194
400196
400198
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
(5) XW Board Data (PMC-5151 only)
This block stores information of XW-Board. For different XW-Board modules, the data will be store in different address, the following section shows corresponding address information for different modules.
XW107 、 XW107i
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coil Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
000200
000201
DO Ch.2
DO Ch.3
000202
000203
DO Ch.4
DO Ch.5
DO Ch.6
000204
000205
000206
DO Ch.7 000207
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
100200
100201
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
DI Ch.5
DI Ch.6
100202
100203
100204
100205
100206
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
227
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DI Ch.7 100207
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
300200
300201
300202
1
1
1
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
DI Counter 5
DI Counter 6
DI Counter 7
XW110i
300203
300204
300205
300206
300207
1
1
1
1
1
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
DI Ch.5
DI Ch.6
DI Ch.7
DI Ch.8
DI Ch.9
100200
100201
100202
100203
100204
100205
100206
100207
100208
100209
DI Ch.10
DI Ch.11
DI Ch.12
DI Ch.13
DI Ch.14
DI Ch.15
100210
100211
100212
100213
100214
100215
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0 300200 1
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
300201
300202
1
1
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
300203
300204
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
Data
Type
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Range
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
228
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DI Counter 5 300205
DI Counter 6
DI Counter 7
DI Counter 8
DI Counter 9
300206
300207
300208
300209
DI Counter 10
DI Counter 11
DI Counter 12
DI Counter 13
300210
300211
300212
300213
DI Counter 14
DI Counter 15
XW304
300214
300215
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
[0x] Coil Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
000200
000201
DO Ch.2
DO Ch.3
000202
000203
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 100200
DI Ch.1 100201
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
100202
100203
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 300200 2
AI Ch.1 300202 2
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
AI Ch.4
300204
300206
300208
2
2
2
AI Ch.5
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
300210
300212
300213
300214
DI Counter 3 300215 1
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
Data
Type
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Range
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
229
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
AO Ch.0 400200
XW310 、 XW310C(Differential)
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
2
Length
Floating Point
Range
[0x] Coil Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 000200
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
000201
000202
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
100200
100201
100202
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
1
1
AI Ch.0
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
300200
300202
300204
2
2
2
1
1
1
AI Ch.3
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
300206
300208
300209
300210
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AO Ch.0 400200 2
2 AO Ch.1
XW310C(Single-Ended)
400202
2
1
1
1
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
Float
Float
Data
Type
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Floating Point
Floating Point
Range
[0x] Coil Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
000200
000201
000202
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
100200
100201
100202
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
1
1
1
1
1
Float
Data
Type
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
230
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
AI Ch.0 300200
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
AI Ch.4
300202
300204
300206
300208
AI Ch.5
AI Ch.6
AI Ch.7
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
300210
300212
300214
300216
300217
300218
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AO Ch.0
AO Ch.1
400200
400202
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
(6) XV Board Data (PMC-52xx only)
This block stores information of XV-Board. For different XV-Board modules, the data will be store in different address, the following section shows corresponding address information for different modules.
XV107 、 XV107A
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
Coil Output (0x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
000200
000201
DO Ch.2
DO Ch.3
000202
000203
DO Ch.4
DO Ch.5
DO Ch.6
000204
000205
000206
DO Ch.7 000207
Discrete Input (1x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
100200
100201
100202
100203
100204
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
231
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DI Ch.5 100205
DI Ch.6
DI Ch.7
100206
100207
1
1
1
Input Register (3x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0 300200 2
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
300202
300204
300206
300208
2
2
2
2
DI Counter 5
DI Counter 6
DI Counter 7
XW110
300210
300212
300214
2
2
2
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Uint32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
Data
Type
Range
Discrete Input (1x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 100200
DI Ch.1 100201
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
DI Ch.5
DI Ch.6
DI Ch.7
100202
100203
100204
100205
100206
100207
DI Ch.8
DI Ch.9
DI Ch.10
DI Ch.11
DI Ch.12
DI Ch.13
DI Ch.14
DI Ch.15
100208
100209
100210
100211
100212
100213
100214
100215
Input Register (3x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0 300200 2
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
300202
300204
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
232
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DI Counter 3 300206
DI Counter 4
DI Counter 5
DI Counter 6
DI Counter 7
300208
300210
300212
300214
DI Counter 8
DI Counter 9
DI Counter 10
DI Counter 11
300216
300218
300220
300222
DI Counter 12
DI Counter 13
DI Counter 14
DI Counter 15
300224
300226
300228
300230
XV111 、 XV111A
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
DO Ch.7
DO Ch.8
DO Ch.9
DO Ch.10
DO Ch.11
DO Ch.12
DO Ch.13
DO Ch.14
DO Ch.15
Coil Output (0x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 000200
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
000201
000202
DO Ch.3
DO Ch.4
DO Ch.5
DO Ch.6
000203
000204
000205
000206
000207
000208
000209
000210
000211
000212
000213
000214
000215
Length
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
Data
Type
Byte
Range
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
233
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
XV116
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
Coil Output (0x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 000200
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
000201
000202
DO Ch.3
DO Ch.4
DO Ch.5
000203
000204
000205
Discrete Input (1x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 100200
DI Ch.1 100201
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
100202
100203
1
1
1
1
DI Ch.4 100204
Input Register (3x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
DI Counter 0 300200 2
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
XV306
300202
300204
300206
300208
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Coil Output (0x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 000200
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
DO Ch.3
000201
000202
000203
Discrete Input (1x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
100200
100201
DI Ch.2 100202
DI Ch.3 100203
Input Register (3x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
Data
Type
Byte
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Range
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
234
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
AI Ch.0 300200
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
DI Counter 0
300202
300204
300206
300208
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
XV307
300210
300212
300214
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Length
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
Data
Type
Range
Coil Output (0x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
000200
000201
000202
DO Ch.3 000203
Discrete Input (1x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 100200
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
100201
100202
DI Ch.3 100203
Input Register (3x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
300200
300202
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
300204
300206
2
2
Holding Register (4x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AO Ch.0
AO Ch.1
XV308
400200
400202
2
2
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Coil Output (0x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 000200
DO Ch.1 000201
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
Float
Float
Data
Type
Byte
Byte
Floating Point
Floating Point
Range
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
235
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DO Ch.2 000202
DO Ch.3
DO Ch.4
DO Ch.5
DO Ch.6
000203
000204
000205
000206
DO Ch.7 000207
Discrete Input (1x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
100200
100201
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
DI Ch.5
100202
100203
100204
100205
DI Ch.6
DI Ch.7
100206
100207
1
1
Input Register (3x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 300200 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
AI Ch.4
AI Ch.5
AI Ch.6
AI Ch.7
DI Counter 0
300202
300204
300206
300208
300210
300212
300214
300216
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
DI Counter 5
DI Counter 6
DI Counter 7
XV310
300218
300220
300222
300224
300226
300228
300230
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
236
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
Coil Output (0x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 000200
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
000201
000202
DO Ch.3 000203
Discrete Input (1x), Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 100200
DI Ch.1 100201
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
100202
100203
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Input Register (3x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 300200 2
AI Ch.1 300202 2
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
DI Counter 0
300204
300206
300208
2
2
2
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
UInt32 0~4294967295
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
300210
300212
2
2
DI Counter 3 300214 2
Holding Register (4x), Unit : Register(16 Bits)
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
AO Ch.0
AO Ch.1
400200
400202
2
2
Float
Float
(7) PUE Data
This block stores information of 10 user-defined PUEs.
Floating Point
Floating Point
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
PUE 1
PUE 2
300300
300302
2
2
PUE 3
PUE 4
PUE 5
PUE 6
300304
300306
300308
300310
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
237
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PUE 7 300312
PUE 8
PUE 9
PUE 10
300314
300316
300318
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
(8) Module Data
This block stores all I/O channel data of M-7000/DL modules, power data of power meters and I/O channel data of Modbus TCP/RTU modules. Depend on different configuration of I/O modules and power meters, the arrangement of data block will be different. Detailed information is shown as below ：
1.
Make sure which connection port (RS-485-1, RS-485-2 or LAN), and which index number the module is.
Connection port
Starting Modbus address of
Module/Power data(1)
Starting Modbus address of
Power Meter Information(2)
RS-485-1
RS-485-2
LAN
1000
21000
41000
20200
40200
60200
2.
[Module/Power Data]Calculate the value of SA (The starting Modbus address of the data block of the module) based on the type of the connection port and the index number.
SA = The starting Modbus address of Module/Power data(1) of the connection port + (Module/Power Meter Index number - 1) x 1200
3.
[Power Meter Information] Calculate the value of PM_SA (The starting Modbus address of basic information block of the power meter) based on the type of the connection port and the index number.
PM_SA = The starting Modbus address of Power Meter Information(2) of the connection port + (Power Meter Index number - 1) x 50
4.
Check the Modbus Address Table of each type module (shown as below), to calculate the real I/O channel Modbus Address or real Loop (or Phase) power data Modbus Address with SA value for the M-7000/DL, power meter and
Modbus TCP/RTU module that are connected to PMC/PMD.
5.
Check the Modbus Address Table of each type power meter (shown as below), to calculate the real power meter attributes Modbus Address with PM_SA value for the power meter that are connected to PMC/PMD.
238
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
For example: Assume there is an M-7024 module connected to the RS-485-2 of
PMC/PMD. Its module index number is 3. So the SA value of the M-7024 is 21000 +
(3 – 1) x 200) = 23400. The Modbus Address of the AO channel 2 of the module is
23400 + 04 = 23404. The M-7000/DL module Modbus Address Table is shown as below:
M-7002 (5 DI 、 4 DO 、 4 AI channel)
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coil Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
SA + 000000
SA + 000001
SA + 000002
DO Ch.3
DO Ch.4
SA + 000003
SA + 000000
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 SA + 100000
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
SA + 100001
SA + 100002
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
SA + 100003
SA + 100004
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
SA + 300000
SA + 300002
SA + 300004
AI Ch.3
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300009
SA + 300010
SA + 300011
SA + 300012
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
Byte
Float
Float
Float
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
239
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
M-7005 (6 DO 、 8 AI channel)
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
SA + 000001
SA + 000002
DO Ch.3
DO Ch.4
SA + 000003
SA + 000004
DO Ch.5 SA + 000005
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 SA + 300000
AI Ch.1 SA + 300002
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
AI Ch.4
AI Ch.5
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
AI Ch.6 SA + 300012
AI Ch.7 SA + 300014
M-7011 (1 DI 、 2 DO 、 1 AI channel)
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Byte
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000
DO Ch.1 SA + 000001
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 SA + 100000
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0
DI Counter 0
SA + 300000
SA + 300002
M-7015 、 M-7015P (6 AI channel)
1
1
1
2
1
Parameter Name
Byte
Byte
Byte
Float
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Floating Point
UInt16 0~65535
Modbus Address Length Data
0=OFF, 1=ON
Range
240
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Type
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 SA + 300000
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
SA + 300002
SA + 300004
AI Ch.3
AI Ch.4
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
2
2
AI Ch.5 SA + 300010 2
M-7016 (1 DI 、 4 DO 、 2 AI 、 1 AO channel)
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Parameter Name
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
AI Ch.1
DI Counter 0
SA + 000000
SA + 000001
DO Ch.2
DO Ch.3
SA + 000002
SA + 000003
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 SA + 100000
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 SA + 300000
SA + 300002
SA + 300004
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Float
Float
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Floating Point
Floating Point
UInt16 0~65535
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AO Ch.0 SA + 400000 2 Float Floating Point
M-7017 、 M-7017R 、 M-7017C 、 M-7017RC 、 M-7017R-A5 、 M-7018 、
M-7018R 、 M-7019R (8 AI channel)
Parameter Name
Modbus Address Length
Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Data
Type
Range
Range
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0
AI Ch.1
SA + 300000
SA + 300002
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
241
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
AI Ch.4 SA + 300008
AI Ch.5
AI Ch.6
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
AI Ch.7 SA + 300014
M-7017Z (10 Differential AI channel)
Parameter Name
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Range
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 SA + 300000
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
SA + 300002
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
AI Ch.4
AI Ch.5
AI Ch.6
AI Ch.7
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
SA + 300014
AI Ch.8
AI Ch.9
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
M-7017Z (20 Single-Ended AI channel)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0 SA + 300000
AI Ch.1
AI Ch.2
SA + 300002
SA + 300004
AI Ch.3
AI Ch.4
AI Ch.5
AI Ch.6
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
AI Ch.7
AI Ch.8
AI Ch.9
AI Ch.10
AI Ch.11
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
SA + 300020
SA + 300022
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
242
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
AI Ch.12 SA + 300024
AI Ch.13
AI Ch.14
AI Ch.15
AI Ch.16
SA + 300026
SA + 300028
SA + 300030
SA + 300032
AI Ch.17
AI Ch.18
SA + 300034
SA + 300036
AI Ch.19 SA + 300038
M-7018Z 、 M-7019Z (10 AI channel)
Parameter Name
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AI Ch.0
AI Ch.1
SA + 300000
SA + 300002
AI Ch.2
AI Ch.3
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
AI Ch.4
AI Ch.5
AI Ch.6
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
AI Ch.7
AI Ch.8
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
AI Ch.9 SA + 300018
M-7022 (2 AO channel)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Range
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AO Ch.0 SA + 400000 2
2 AO Ch.1 SA + 400002
M-7024 (4 AO channel)
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
243
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
AO Ch.0 SA + 400000
AO Ch.1
AO Ch.2
SA + 400002
SA + 400004
AO Ch.3 SA + 400006
M-7024R (5 DI 、 4 AO channel)
[0x] Coil Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000
DO Ch.1
DO Ch.2
DO Ch.3
SA + 000001
SA + 000002
SA + 000003
2
2
2
2
Parameter Name
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
SA + 100000
SA + 100001
SA + 100002
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
SA + 100003
SA + 100004
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0 SA + 300000
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
SA + 300001
SA + 300002
SA + 300003
SA + 300004
1
1
1
1
1
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
AO Ch.0 SA + 400000 2
1
1
1
1
1
Byte
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
AO Ch.1
AO Ch.2
AO Ch.3
SA + 400002
SA + 400004
SA + 400006
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
M-7000 DI/DO Module (Maximum 16 DI channel / 16 DO channel)
By the channel numbers of M-7000 DI/DO Module, the user can look up the address of the M-7000 DI/DO Module channel from the following table:
Parameter Name
Modbus Address Length
Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Data
Type
Range
Range
1
1
1
1
Float
Float
Float
Float
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
244
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DO Ch.4 SA + 000004
DO Ch.5
DO Ch.6
DO Ch.7
DO Ch.8
SA + 000005
SA + 000006
SA + 000007
SA + 000008
DO Ch.9
DO Ch.10
DO Ch.11
DO Ch.12
SA + 000009
SA + 000010
SA + 000011
SA + 000012
DO Ch.13
DO Ch.14
SA + 000013
SA + 000014
DO Ch.15 SA + 000015
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0 SA + 100000
DI Ch.1 SA + 100001
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
DI Ch.5
DI Ch.6
DI Ch.7
DI Ch.8
DI Ch.9
DI Ch.10
DI Ch.11
SA + 100002
SA + 100003
SA + 100004
SA + 100005
SA + 100006
SA + 100007
SA + 100008
SA + 100009
SA + 100010
SA + 100011
DI Ch.12
DI Ch.13
DI Ch.14
DI Ch.15
SA + 100012
SA + 100013
SA + 100014
SA + 100015
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0 SA + 300000
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
SA + 300001
SA + 300002
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
DI Counter 5
DI Counter 6
SA + 300003
SA + 300004
SA + 300005
SA + 300006
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
245
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
DI Counter 7 SA + 300007
DI Counter 8
DI Counter 9
DI Counter 10
DI Counter 11
SA + 300008
SA + 300009
SA + 300010
SA + 300011
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
DI Counter 12
DI Counter 13
SA + 300012
SA + 300013
DI Counter 14
DI Counter 15
SA + 300014
SA + 300015
1
1
UInt16 0~65535
UInt16 0~65535
M-7080 、 M-7080B (2 Counter/Frequency 、 2 DO channel)
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000
DO Ch.1 SA + 000001
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
SA + 300000
SA + 300002
M-7084 (8 Counter/Frequency)
1
1
2
2
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0 SA + 300000
DI Counter 1
DI Counter 2
SA + 300002
SA + 300004
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
DI Counter 5
DI Counter 6
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
DI Counter 7 SA + 300014
M-7088 (8 DI 、 8 PWM Output channel)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
246
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Parameter Name Modbus Address Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
PWM Output Ch.0 SA + 000000
PWM Output Ch.1
PWM Output Ch.2
SA + 000001
SA + 000002
PWM Output Ch.3
PWM Output Ch.4
SA + 000003
SA + 000004
PWM Output Ch.5
PWM Output Ch.6
PWM Output Ch.7
SA + 000005
SA + 000006
SA + 000007
[1x] Discrete Input, Unit : Coil (8 Bits)
DI Ch.0
DI Ch.1
DI Ch.2
DI Ch.3
DI Ch.4
DI Ch.5
DI Ch.6
SA + 100000
SA + 100001
SA + 100002
SA + 100003
SA + 100004
SA + 100005
SA + 100006
DI Ch.7 SA + 100007
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
DI Counter 0
DI Counter 1
SA + 300000
SA + 300002
DI Counter 2
DI Counter 3
DI Counter 4
DI Counter 5
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
DI Counter 6
DI Counter 7
SA + 300012
SA + 300014
DL-100 (Temperature 、 Humidity)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Humidity SA + 300000 2
Temperature(°C) SA + 300002 2
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
UInt32 0~4294967295
Data
Type
Float
Float
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Byte 0=OFF, 1=ON
Range
Floating Point
Floating Point
247
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Temperature(°F) SA + 300004 2 Float Floating Point
DL-302 (CO2 、 Temperature 、 Humidity 、 1 DO Channel)
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
[0x] Coil Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000 1
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
CO2 SA + 300000 2
Humidity SA + 300002 2
Temperature(°C)
Temperature(°F)
Dew Point(°C)
Dew Point(°F)
PM-2133
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
2
2
2
2
Data
Type
Byte
Range
0=OFF, 1=ON
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Data
Type
Range Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
V SA + 300000
I kW
SA + 300002
SA + 300004 kvar kVA
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
SA + 300020
SA + 300022
SA + 300024
SA + 300026
SA + 300028
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
248
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual kWh SA + 300030 kvarh kVAh
V
I
SA + 300032
SA + 300034
SA + 300036
SA + 300038 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300040
SA + 300042
SA + 300044
SA + 300046 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
SA + 300048
SA + 300050
SA + 300052
SA + 300054
SA + 300056
SA + 300058
SA + 300060
SA + 300062
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
SA + 300064
SA + 300066
SA + 300068
SA + 300070
SA + 300072
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300074
SA + 300076
SA + 300078
SA + 300080
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300082
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
SA + 300084
SA + 300086
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
249
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300088
SA + 300090
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300092
SA + 300094
SA + 300096
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300098
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300100
SA + 300102
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300104
SA + 300106
SA + 300108
SA + 300110
SA + 300112
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300114
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
SA + 300116
SA + 300118
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
250
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
SA + 300120
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300122
SA + 300124
SA + 300126
SA + 300128
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300130
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300132
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300134 2 Float Floating Point
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Power Meter Type PM_SA + 300000 1 Int16 2133
Reserved
Reserved
Firmware Version
Address
Error Code
PM_SA + 300001 1
PM_SA + 300002 1
PM_SA + 300003
PM_SA + 300004
PM_SA + 300005
1
1
1
-
-
BCD
Reserved
Reserved
UInt16 1~247
UInt16
0x0100~
-1=Initializing
0=Failed
1=Success
Reserved
PT Ratio
CTRatio
PM_SA + 300011 1 - Reserved
PM_SA + 300012 2 Float 0.01~655.35
PM_SA + 300014 2 Float 1~65535
251
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PM-2134
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
[3x]Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
V SA + 300000
I kW
SA + 300002
SA + 300004 kvar kVA
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
SA + 300020
SA + 300022
SA + 300024
SA + 300026
SA + 300028
SA + 300030
SA + 300032
SA + 300034
SA + 300036
SA + 300038
SA + 300040
SA + 300042
SA + 300044
SA + 300046
SA + 300048
SA + 300050
SA + 300052
SA + 300054
SA + 300056
SA + 300058
SA + 300060
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Data
Type
Range
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
252
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual kVA SA + 300062
PF kWh
SA + 300064
SA + 300066
SA + 300068
SA + 300070 kvarh kVAh
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300072
SA + 300074
SA + 300076
SA + 300078
SA + 300080
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300082
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300084
SA + 300086
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300088
SA + 300090
SA + 300092
SA + 300094
SA + 300096
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300098
Monthly SA + 300100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
253
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
SA + 300102
SA + 300104
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300106
SA + 300108
SA + 300110
SA + 300112
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300114
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300116
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
SA + 300118
SA + 300120
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300122
SA + 300124
SA + 300126
SA + 300128
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
Monthly
SA + 300130
SA + 300132
2 Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
254
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300134 2 Float Floating Point
[3x]Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Power Meter Type
Reserved
PM_SA + 300000
PM_SA + 300001
1
1
Int16
-
2134
Reserved
Reserved
Firmware Version
Address
Error Code
PM_SA + 300002 1 - Reserved
PM_SA + 300003 1 BCD 0x0100~
PM_SA + 300004 1 UInt16 1~247
-1=Initializing
PM_SA + 300005 1 UInt16 0=Failed
1=Success
Reserved
PT Ratio
PM_SA + 300011 1 - Reserved
PM_SA + 300012 2 Float 0.01~655.35
CTRatio PM_SA + 300014 2 Float 1~65535
PM-3133 、 PM-3133-MTCP 、 PM-3033 、 PM-3033-MTCP
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
(PM-3033/PM-3033-MTCP does not support this function.)
DO Ch.0
DO Ch.1
SA + 000000
SA + 000001
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
1
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Harmonic Selector SA + 400000 1 UInt16
0: Disable
1: Phase A
2: Phase B
3: Phase C
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
V
I
SA + 300000
SA + 300002 kW kvar kVA
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
255
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PF SA + 300010 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300012
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
I kW kvar kVA
SA + 300020
SA + 300022
SA + 300024
SA + 300026
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar
SA + 300028
SA + 300030
SA + 300032
SA + 300034
SA + 300036
SA + 300038
SA + 300040
SA + 300042 kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300044
SA + 300046
SA + 300048
SA + 300050
SA + 300052
SA + 300054
SA + 300056
SA + 300058
SA + 300060
SA + 300062
SA + 300064
SA + 300066
SA + 300068
SA + 300070
SA + 300072
SA + 300074
SA + 300076
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
256
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Max. Demand
SA + 300078
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300080
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300082
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300084
SA + 300086
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300088
SA + 300090
SA + 300092
SA + 300094
SA + 300096
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300098
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300100
SA + 300102
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
SA + 300104
SA + 300106
SA + 300108
SA + 300110
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
2 Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
257
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300112
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300114
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300116
SA + 300118
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300120
SA + 300122
SA + 300124
SA + 300126
SA + 300128
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300130
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300132
SA + 300134
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
VTHD SA + 300136
ITHD
Frequency Phase A
SA + 300138
SA + 300140
Frequency Phase B
Frequency Phase C
SA + 300142
SA + 300144
Frequency Maximum SA + 300146
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
258
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Power Meter Type PM_SA + 300000 1 Int16 3133
Reserved
Reserved
Firmware Version
Address / NetID
Error Code
PM_SA + 300001
PM_SA + 300002
PM_SA + 300003
PM_SA + 300004
PM_SA + 300005
1
1
1
1
1
-
-
BCD
Reserved
Reserved
UInt16 1~247
UInt16
0x0100~
-1=Initializing
0=Failed
1=Success
IP1
IP2
IP3
PM_SA + 300006 1 Int16 0~255
PM_SA + 300007 1 Int16 0~255
PM_SA + 300008 1 Int16 0~255
IP4
Port Number
Reserved
PT Ratio
PM_SA + 300009
PM_SA + 300010
PM_SA + 300011
PM_SA + 300012
1
1
1
2
Int16
Float
0~255
UInt16 1~65535
- Reserved
0.01~655.35
CT Ratio PM_SA + 300014 2 Float 1~65535
PM-3112 、 PM-3112-MTCP (2 Loops 1 Phase)
Data
Type
Range Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000
DO Ch.1 SA + 000001
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
V
I
SA + 300000
SA + 300002 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW
SA + 300012
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
SA + 300020
SA + 300022
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Byte
Byte
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
259
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual kvar SA + 300024 kVA
PF
SA + 300026
SA + 300028 kWh kvarh kVAh
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300030
SA + 300032
SA + 300034
SA + 300036
SA + 300038
SA + 300040
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300042
SA + 300044
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300046
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300048
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
SA + 300050
SA + 300052
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300054
SA + 300056
SA + 300058
SA + 300060
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300062
Monthly SA + 300064
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
260
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300066
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Frequency CT1
Frequency CT2
SA + 300068
SA + 300070
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Power Meter Type
Reserved
PM_SA + 300000
PM_SA + 300001
1
1
Int16
-
3112
Reserved
Reserved
Firmware Version
Address / NetID
Error Code
PM_SA + 300002
PM_SA + 300003
PM_SA + 300004
1
1
1
-
BCD
Reserved
0x0100~
UInt16 1~247
PM_SA + 300005 1 UInt16
-1=Initializing
0=Failed
1=Success
PM_SA + 300006 1 Int16 0~255
PM_SA + 300007 1 Int16 0~255
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
Port Number
Reserved
PM_SA + 300008
PM_SA + 300009
PM_SA + 300010
PM_SA + 300011
1
1
1
1
Int16
Int16
-
0~255
0~255
UInt16 1~65535
Reserved
PT Ratio
CT Ratio
PM_SA + 300012
PM_SA + 300014
2
2
PM-3114 、 PM-3114-MTCP (4 Loops 1 Phase)
Float
Float
0.01~655.35
1~65535
Data
Type
Range Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000
DO Ch.1 SA + 000001
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
V
I
SA + 300000
SA + 300002
1
1
2
2
Byte
Byte
Float
Float
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Floating Point
Floating Point
261
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual kW SA + 300004 kvar kVA
PF kWh
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
SA + 300012 kvarh kVAh
V
I
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
SA + 300020 kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300022
SA + 300024
SA + 300026
SA + 300028
SA + 300030
SA + 300032
SA + 300034
SA + 300036
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
SA + 300072
SA + 300074
SA + 300038
SA + 300040
SA + 300042
SA + 300044
SA + 300046
SA + 300048
SA + 300050
SA + 300052
SA + 300054
SA + 300056
SA + 300058
SA + 300060
SA + 300062
SA + 300064
SA + 300066
SA + 300068
SA + 300070
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
262
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300076
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300078
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300080
SA + 300082
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300084
SA + 300086
SA + 300088
SA + 300090
SA + 300092
SA + 300094
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300096
SA + 300098
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300100
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300102
SA + 300104
SA + 300106
2
2
2
2
2 Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
263
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Max. Demand
SA + 300108
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300110
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300112
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300114
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300116
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
SA + 300118
SA + 300120
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300122
SA + 300124
SA + 300126
SA + 300128
Daily Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300130
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300132
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300134
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Frequency CT1
Frequency CT2
SA + 300136
SA + 300138
Frequency CT3
Frequency CT4
SA + 300140
SA + 300142
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
264
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
Power Meter Type PM_SA + 300000 1 Int16 3114
Reserved
Reserved
Firmware Version
Address / NetID
PM_SA + 300001 1
PM_SA + 300002 1
-
-
Reserved
Reserved
PM_SA + 300003 1 BCD 0x0100~
PM_SA + 300004 1 UInt16 1~247
Error Code
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
Port Number
Reserved
PM_SA + 300005
PM_SA + 300006
PM_SA + 300007
PM_SA + 300008
PM_SA + 300009
PM_SA + 300010
1
1
1
1
1
1
PM_SA + 300011 1
UInt16
Int16
Int16
Int16
Int16
-
-1=Initializing
0=Failed
1=Success
0~255
0~255
0~255
0~255
UInt16 1~65535
Reserved
PT Ratio
CT Ratio
PM-4324, PM-4324A
PM_SA + 300012 2 Float 0.01~655.35
PM_SA + 300014 2 Float 1~65535
Parameter Name
Modbus
Address
Length
Data
Type
Range
[0x] Coils Output, Unit : Coil(8 Bits)
DO Ch.0 SA + 000000
DO Ch.1 SA + 000001
[4x] Holding Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
1
1
Byte
Byte
0=OFF, 1=ON
0=OFF, 1=ON
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 1]
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 2]
SA + 400000
SA + 400001
1
1
UInt16
UInt16
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT1
2: Phase B / CT2
3: Phase C / CT3
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT4
2: Phase B / CT5
3: Phase C / CT6
265
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 3]
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 4]
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 5]
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 6]
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 7]
Harmonic Selector
[Submeter 8]
SA + 400002
SA + 400003
SA + 400004
SA + 400005
SA + 400006
SA + 400007
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
V
I
Submeter 1
SA + 300000 2
SA + 300002 2 kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300004
SA + 300006
SA + 300008
SA + 300010
SA + 300012
SA + 300014
SA + 300016
SA + 300018
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
UInt16
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT7
2: Phase B / CT8
3: Phase C / CT9
UInt16
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT10
2: Phase B / CT11
3: Phase C / CT12
UInt16
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT13
2: Phase B / CT14
3: Phase C / CT15
UInt16
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT16
2: Phase B / CT17
3: Phase C / CT18
UInt16
UInt16
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT19
2: Phase B / CT20
3: Phase C / CT21
0: Disable
1: Phase A / CT22
2: Phase B / CT23
3: Phase C / CT24
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
266
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300020 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300022
SA + 300024
SA + 300026
SA + 300028 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300030
SA + 300032
SA + 300034
SA + 300036
SA + 300038
SA + 300040
SA + 300042
SA + 300044
SA + 300046
SA + 300048
SA + 300050
SA + 300052
SA + 300054
SA + 300056
SA + 300058
SA + 300060
SA + 300062
SA + 300064
SA + 300066
SA + 300068
SA + 300070 2
Submeter 2
SA + 300072
SA + 300074
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SA + 300076
SA + 300078
SA + 300080
SA + 300082
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300084
SA + 300086
SA + 300088
SA + 300090
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
267
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300092 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300094
SA + 300096
SA + 300098
SA + 300100 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300102
SA + 300104
SA + 300106
SA + 300108
SA + 300110
SA + 300112
SA + 300114
SA + 300116
SA + 300118
SA + 300120
SA + 300122
SA + 300124
SA + 300126
SA + 300128
SA + 300130
SA + 300132
SA + 300134
SA + 300136
SA + 300138
SA + 300140
SA + 300142 2
Submeter 3
SA + 300144
SA + 300146
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SA + 300148
SA + 300150
SA + 300152
SA + 300154
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300156
SA + 300158
SA + 300160
SA + 300162
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
268
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300164 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300166
SA + 300168
SA + 300170
SA + 300172 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300174
SA + 300176
SA + 300178
SA + 300180
SA + 300182
SA + 300184
SA + 300186
SA + 300188
SA + 300190
SA + 300192
SA + 300194
SA + 300196
SA + 300198
SA + 300200
SA + 300202
SA + 300204
SA + 300206
SA + 300208
SA + 300210
SA + 300212
SA + 300214 2
Submeter 4
SA + 300216
SA + 300218
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SA + 300220
SA + 300222
SA + 300224
SA + 300226
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300228
SA + 300230
SA + 300232
SA + 300234
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
269
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300236 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300238
SA + 300240
SA + 300242
SA + 300244 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300246
SA + 300248
SA + 300250
SA + 300252
SA + 300254
SA + 300256
SA + 300258
SA + 300260
SA + 300262
SA + 300264
SA + 300266
SA + 300268
SA + 300270
SA + 300272
SA + 300274
SA + 300276
SA + 300278
SA + 300280
SA + 300282
SA + 300284
SA + 300286 2
Submeter 5
SA + 300288
SA + 300290
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SA + 300292
SA + 300294
SA + 300296
SA + 300298
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300300
SA + 300302
SA + 300304
SA + 300306
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
270
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300308 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300310
SA + 300312
SA + 300314
SA + 300316 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300318
SA + 300320
SA + 300322
SA + 300324
SA + 300326
SA + 300328
SA + 300330
SA + 300332
SA + 300334
SA + 300336
SA + 300338
SA + 300340
SA + 300342
SA + 300344
SA + 300346
SA + 300348
SA + 300350
SA + 300352
SA + 300354
SA + 300356
SA + 300358 2
Submeter 6
SA + 300360
SA + 300362
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SA + 300364
SA + 300366
SA + 300368
SA + 300370
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300372
SA + 300374
SA + 300376
SA + 300378
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
271
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300380 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300382
SA + 300384
SA + 300386
SA + 300388 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300390
SA + 300392
SA + 300394
SA + 300396
SA + 300398
SA + 300400
SA + 300402
SA + 300404
SA + 300406
SA + 300408
SA + 300410
SA + 300412
SA + 300414
SA + 300416
SA + 300418
SA + 300420
SA + 300422
SA + 300424
SA + 300426
SA + 300428
SA + 300430 2
Submeter 7
SA + 300432
SA + 300434
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SA + 300436
SA + 300438
SA + 300440
SA + 300442
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300444
SA + 300446
SA + 300448
SA + 300450
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
272
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300452 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300454
SA + 300456
SA + 300458
SA + 300460 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300462
SA + 300464
SA + 300466
SA + 300468
SA + 300470
SA + 300472
SA + 300474
SA + 300476
SA + 300478
SA + 300480
SA + 300482
SA + 300484
SA + 300486
SA + 300488
SA + 300490
SA + 300492
SA + 300494
SA + 300496
SA + 300498
SA + 300500
SA + 300502 2
Submeter 8
SA + 300504
SA + 300506
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SA + 300508
SA + 300510
SA + 300512
SA + 300514
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
SA + 300516
SA + 300518
SA + 300520
SA + 300522
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
273
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
I SA + 300524 kW kvar kVA
PF
SA + 300526
SA + 300528
SA + 300530
SA + 300532 kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
V
I kW kvar kVA
PF kWh kvarh kVAh
SA + 300534
SA + 300536
SA + 300538
SA + 300540
SA + 300542
SA + 300544
SA + 300546
SA + 300548
SA + 300550
SA + 300552
SA + 300554
SA + 300556
SA + 300558
SA + 300560
SA + 300562
SA + 300564
SA + 300566
SA + 300568
SA + 300570
SA + 300572
SA + 300574 2
Submeter 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300576
SA + 300578
SA + 300580
SA + 300582
SA + 300584
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
274
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300586
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300588
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300590
SA + 300592
SA + 300594
SA + 300596
SA + 300598
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300600
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300602
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300604
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300606
SA + 300608
SA + 300610
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300612
SA + 300614
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300616
Daily Accumulated SA + 300618
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
275
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300620
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300622
SA + 300624
SA + 300626
SA + 300628
Max. Demand
(Daily) SA + 300630
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300632
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300634
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300636
SA + 300638
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Submeter 2
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300640
SA + 300642
SA + 300644
SA + 300646
SA + 300648
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
276
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300650
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300652
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300654
SA + 300656
SA + 300658
SA + 300660
SA + 300662
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300664
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300666
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300668
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300670
SA + 300672
SA + 300674
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300676
SA + 300678
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300680
Daily Accumulated SA + 300682
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
277
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300684
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300686
SA + 300688
SA + 300690
SA + 300692
SA + 300694
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300696
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300698
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300700
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300702
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Submeter 3
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300704
SA + 300706
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300708
SA + 300710
SA + 300712
Daily Accumulated SA + 300714
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
278
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300716
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300718
SA + 300720
SA + 300722
SA + 300724
Max. Demand
(Daily) SA + 300726
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300728
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300730
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300732
SA + 300734
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300736
SA + 300738
SA + 300740
SA + 300742
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300744
Daily Accumulated SA + 300746
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
279
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300748
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300750
SA + 300752
SA + 300754
SA + 300756
Max. Demand
(Daily) SA + 300758
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300760
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300762
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300764
SA + 300766
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Submeter 4
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300768
SA + 300770
SA + 300772
SA + 300774
SA + 300776
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
280
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300778
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300780
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300782
SA + 300784
SA + 300786
SA + 300788
SA + 300790
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300792
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300794
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300796
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300798
SA + 300800
SA + 300802
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300804
SA + 300806
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300808
Daily Accumulated SA + 300810
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
281
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300812
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300814
SA + 300816
SA + 300818
SA + 300820
2
2
2
2
2
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300822
SA + 300824
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300826
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300828
SA + 300830 2
2
2
2
2
Submeter 5
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300832
SA + 300834
SA + 300836
SA + 300838
SA + 300840
2
2
2
2
2
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
282
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300842
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300844
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300846
SA + 300848
SA + 300850
SA + 300852
SA + 300854
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300856
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300858
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300860
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300862
SA + 300864
SA + 300866
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300868
SA + 300870
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300872
Daily Accumulated SA + 300874
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
283
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300876
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300878
SA + 300880
SA + 300882
SA + 300884
Max. Demand
(Daily) SA + 300886
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300888
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300890
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300892
SA + 300894
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Submeter 6
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300896
SA + 300898
SA + 300900
SA + 300902
SA + 300904
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
284
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300906
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300908
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300910
SA + 300912
SA + 300914
SA + 300916
SA + 300918
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300920
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300922
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300924
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300926
SA + 300928
SA + 300930
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300932
SA + 300934
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300936
Daily Accumulated SA + 300938
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
285
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300940
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 300942
SA + 300944
SA + 300946
SA + 300948
Max. Demand
(Daily) SA + 300950
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300952
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300954
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300956
SA + 300958
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Submeter 7
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300960
SA + 300962
SA + 300964
SA + 300966
SA + 300968
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
286
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300970
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300972
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300974
SA + 300976
SA + 300978
SA + 300980
SA + 300982
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 300984
Daily Accumulated
SA + 300986
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 300988
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 300990
SA + 300992
SA + 300994
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 300996
SA + 300998
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 301000
Daily Accumulated SA + 301002
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
287
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 301004
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 301006
SA + 301008
SA + 301010
SA + 301012
Max. Demand
(Daily) SA + 301014
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 301016
Daily Accumulated
SA + 301018
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 301020
SA + 301022
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Submeter 8
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 301024
SA + 301026
SA + 301028
SA + 301030
SA + 301032
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float
Float
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Floating Point
288
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Daily Accumulated
SA + 301034
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 301036
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 301038
SA + 301040
SA + 301042
SA + 301044
SA + 301046
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 301048
Daily Accumulated
SA + 301050
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 301052
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
SA + 301054
SA + 301056
SA + 301058
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
Max. Demand
(Daily)
SA + 301060
SA + 301062
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 301064
Daily Accumulated SA + 301066
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
289
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Electricity
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
SA + 301068
Yearly
Accumulated
Electricity
15/30/60 mins
Actual Demand
15/30/60 mins
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand
(Hourly)
SA + 301070
SA + 301072
SA + 301074
SA + 301076
2
2
2
2
2
Max. Demand
(Daily) SA + 301078
Max. Demand
(Monthly)
SA + 301080
Daily Accumulated
SA + 301082
Electricity
2
2
2
Monthly
Accumulated
Electricity
Submeter 1
VTHD
SA + 301084
Yearly
Accumulated SA + 301086
Electricity
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits)
2
SA + 301088
2
2
Submeter 1
ITHD
Submeter 2
VTHD
Submeter 2
ITHD
Submeter 3
VTHD
SA + 301090
SA + 301092
SA + 301094
SA + 301096
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
290
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Submeter 3
SA + 301098
ITHD
Submeter 4
VTHD
Submeter 4
ITHD
Submeter 5
VTHD
Submeter 5
ITHD
SA + 301100
SA + 301102
SA + 301104
SA + 301106
Submeter 6
VTHD
Submeter 6
ITHD
Submeter 7
VTHD
Submeter 7
ITHD
Submeter 8
VTHD
Submeter 8
ITHD
Frequency CT1/
Phase A
Frequency CT2/
Phase B
Frequency CT3/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
Frequency CT4/
Phase A
Frequency CT5/
Phase B
Frequency CT6/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
Frequency CT7/
SA + 301108
SA + 301110
SA + 301112
SA + 301114
SA + 301116
SA + 301118
SA + 301120
SA + 301122
SA + 301124
SA + 301126
SA + 301128
SA + 301130
SA + 301132
SA + 301134
SA + 301136
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
291
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Phase A
Frequency CT8/
Phase B
Frequency CT9/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
Frequency CT10/
Phase A
Frequency CT11/
Phase B
Frequency CT12/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
Frequency CT13/
Phase A
Frequency CT14/
Phase B
Frequency CT15/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
Frequency CT16/
Phase A
Frequency CT17/
Phase B
Frequency CT18/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
Frequency CT19/
Phase A
Frequency CT20/
Phase B
Frequency CT21/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
Frequency CT22/
Phase A
Frequency CT23/
SA + 301138
SA + 301140
SA + 301142
SA + 301144
SA + 301146
SA + 301148
SA + 301150
SA + 301152
SA + 301154
SA + 301156
SA + 301158
SA + 301160
SA + 301162
SA + 301164
SA + 301166
SA + 301168
SA + 301170
SA + 301172
SA + 301174
SA + 301176
SA + 301178
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
Float Floating Point
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
292
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Phase B
Frequency CT24/
Phase C
Frequency Maximum
SA + 301180
SA + 301182
2 Float Floating Point
2 Float Floating Point
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits) (PM-4324)
Power Meter Type PM_SA + 300000 1 Int16 4324
Reserved
Reserved
Firmware Version
Address
Error Code
PM_SA + 300001
PM_SA + 300002
PM_SA + 300003
PM_SA + 300004
PM_SA + 300005
1
1
1
1
1
-
-
BCD
Reserved
Reserved
UInt16 1~247
UInt16
0x0100~
-1=Initializing
0=Failed
1=Success
Reserved
PT Ratio
CT Ratio [1]
PM_SA + 300011 1 - Reserved
PM_SA + 300012 2 Float 0.01~655.35
PM_SA + 300014 2 Float 1~65535
CT Ratio [2]
CT Ratio [3]
CT Ratio [4]
CT Ratio [5]
PM_SA + 300016 2 Float 1~65535
PM_SA + 300018 2 Float 1~65535
PM_SA + 300020 2 Float 1~65535
PM_SA + 300022 2 Float 1~65535
CT Ratio [6]
CT Ratio [7]
PM_SA + 300024 2 Float 1~65535
PM_SA + 300026 2 Float 1~65535
CT Ratio [8] PM_SA + 300028 2 Float 1~65535
[3x] Input Register, Unit : Register(16 Bits) (PM-4324A)
Power Meter Type
Reserved
PM_SA + 300000 1
PM_SA + 300001 1
Int16
-
43240
Reserved
Reserved
Firmware Version
Address
PM_SA + 300002
PM_SA + 300003
PM_SA + 300004
1
1
1
-
BCD
Reserved
0x0100~
UInt16 1~247
Error Code PM_SA + 300005 1 UInt16
-1=Initializing
0=Failed
1=Success
Reserved
PT Ratio [1]
PM_SA + 300011 1
PM_SA + 300012 2
- Reserved
Float 0.01~655.35
PT Ratio [2]
CT Ratio [1]
CT Ratio [2]
PM_SA + 300014 2
PM_SA + 300016 2
PM_SA + 300018 2
Float 0.01~655.35
Float 1~65535
Float 1~65535
293
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
CT Ratio [3] PM_SA + 300020 2
CT Ratio [4]
CT Ratio [5]
PM_SA + 300022
PM_SA + 300024
2
2
Float
Float
1~65535
1~65535
CT Ratio [6]
CT Ratio [7]
CT Ratio [8]
PM_SA + 300026
PM_SA + 300028
PM_SA + 300030
2
2
2
Float 1~65535
Float
Float
Float
1~65535
1~65535
1~65535
Modbus Module
This block stores the Modbus TCP/RTU module I/O channel data in PMC/PMD.
The start address of the block is from the SA value. The allocation of the Modbus address of I / O channel for each Modbus TCP/RTU module is in sequence arrangement from the module starting address(SA). Please refer to the following example.
The Modbus RTU module is connected to RS-485-1 of PMC/PMD. Its module index number is 3. So the SA value of the Modbus RTU module in PMC/PMD is
1000 + (3 - 1) x 1200 = 3400. The Modbus address of the I/O channel of the module is in sequence arrangement from the module starting address 3400.
The detailed I/O channel information of the module ：
Modbus
Data Model
Coil Output
Discrete Input
Input Register
Holding Register
The Starting Address of
Modbus RTU Module
11
0
7
20
Continuous Data
Number
7
10
4 (32-bit Floating Point)
3 (32-bit Floating Point)
294
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The allocation of the Modbus Address in PMC/PMD for the Coil Output setting of this Modbus RTU module is shown as below ：
Coil Output
Index
The Modbus Address in
Modbus RTU Module
The mapping Modbus
Address in PMC/PMD
1
2
3
4
00011
00012
00013
00014
0
0
0
0
3400
3401
3402
3403
5
6
00015
00016
0
0
3404
3405
7 00017 0 3406
The allocation of the Modbus Address in PMC/PMD for the Discrete Input setting of this Modbus RTU module is shown as below ：
Discrete Input
Index
1
The Modbus Address in
Modbus RTU Module
10000
The mapping Modbus
Address in PMC/PMD
1 3400
2
3
4
5
6
7
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
1 3401
1 3402
1 3403
1 3404
1 3405
1 3406
8
9
10007
10008
1
1
3407
3408
10 10009 1 3409
The allocation of the Modbus Address in PMC/PMD for the Input Register setting of this Modbus RTU module is shown as below ：
Input Register
Index
1
2
3
4
The Modbus Address in
Modbus RTU Module
30007
30009
30011
30013
The mapping Modbus
Address in PMC/PMD
3 3400
3 3402
3 3404
3 3406
295
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The allocation of the Modbus Address in PMC/PMD for the Holding Register setting of this Modbus RTU module is shown as below ：
Holding
Register Index
The Modbus Address in
Modbus RTU Module
The mapping Modbus
Address in PMC/PMD
1
2
3
40020
40022
40024
4
4
4
3400
3402
3404
296
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix II
：
Reset to Factory Default Setting and Send Password to
Administrator
During the operation of PMC/PMD, if the hardware system setting data is lost or encounters any abnormal problem that you would like to reset the system to factory default, please switch the Rotary Switch to specific positions to restore factory settings or to ask PMC/PMD to send the login password to the Email account of the
Administrator. In addition, you can switch the Rotary Switch to the specific position to delete the data logger files and reset the accumulated values of the power meter which connect to PMC/PMD. The following figure shows the location of the Rotary
Switch of the PMC-5151.
Rotary Switch
The function of the position of the Rotary Switch ：
Rotary Switch Function
7
8
Restore network settings to factory default.
Send the login password to the Email account of the Administrator.
Delete the data logger files and reset the accumulated values of the power meter.
Please follow the steps below to restore network settings to factory default or send the login password to the Email account of the Administrator:
Restore network settings to factory default
1.
Power off the PMC/PMD.
2.
Switch the Rotary Switch to position 7.
3.
Power on the PMC/PMD, when the RUN/PWR LED Indicator turns to be
297
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Orange(ON state), it indicates that the setting is completed.
LAN1 ： 192.168.255.1
IP Address
LAN2 ： 192.168.255.2
Subnet Mask
Gateway
DNS
Port for Web Server
255.255.0.0
192.168.0.1
8.8.8.8
80
Port for Modbus TCP
Modbus TCP NetID
502
1
4.
Switch the Rotary Switch to position 0
Send the login password to the Email account of the Administrator
1.
Switch the Rotary Switch to position 8.
2.
Connect to PMC/PMD Login webpage via Web browser. Now a “Forget password” message will be displayed under the password field. Click the
“Forget password” message, then the system will send the both passwords of the Administrator and the General User to the Email account of the
administrator that was previously set by the user in “
section
The following figure illustrate an example of the Email the PMC/PMD sends to the Email account of the Administrator. The Email content will include the password of the Administrator, the password of the General User and the password of the FTP Server of PMC/PMD.
Administrator password is "Admin".
Guest password is "User".
Local FTP password is "Admin".
298
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
3.
Switch the Rotary Switch to position 0.
Delete the data logger files and reset the accumulated values of the power meter.
1.
Switch the Rotary Switch to position 8.
2.
Connect to PMC/PMD login webpage via Web browser, and login as the
Administrator.
3.
After login into the system, the message box of “Delete the data logger files and reset the accumulated values of the power meter” will be displayed in the
PMC/PMD Main page. Click the “Execute” button for the reset and files delete operation.
4.
Switch the Rotary Switch to position 0.
299
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix III
：
Setup the GTM-203M-3GWA with PMC-5151 and
PMD
Hardware installation
1.
Install the SIM card and antenna on the GTM-203M-3GWA, and connect the device with Power(+10V
DC
~ +30V
DC
)
.
Antenna
Power Supply GTM-203M-3GWA SIM card
2.
Connect the GTM-203M-3GWA and the COM1 of PMC-5151 by RS-232.
Connect the GTM-203M-3GWA and PMD by USB cable.
GTM-203M-3GWA
RS-232
PMC-5151
GTM-203M-3GWA
USB
PMD-2201
300
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix IV
：
The configuration setting of M-7000/DL module
PMC/PMD allows connection to ICP DAS M-7000/DL modules for the I/O channel data settings and data retrieve. However, for other configuration of the M-7000/DL modules must be completed via DCON Utility in advance, so that the PMC/PMD can accurately connect to M-7000/DL module. The procedures for M-7000/DL module parameter settings are as follow:
1.
Connect the M-7000/DL modules to the PC (with DCON Utility installed) via
RS-485 cable, make sure the RS-485 cable is properly connected. For PC to receive RS-485 signals, a RS-232 to RS-485 or a USB to RS-485 converter is required. For more converter information, please refer to ICP DAS converter product page: http://www.icpdas.com/root/product/solutions/industrial_communication/converte r/converter_selection.html
2.
If the ICP DAS I/O module is M-7000 series, please follow the steps as below for the configuration setting.
A.
You can download DCON Utility from the link below, and Install the
DCON Utility on PC http://ftp.icpdas.com/pub/cd/8000cd/napdos/driver/dcon_utility/
301
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
B.
Start the DCON Utility and verify if the COM Port parameters are accurate.
302
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Perform “Search” to find all M-7000 modules that are connected to the PC.
C.
Click on the M-7000 module to bring up the “Configuration Window” and setup the parameters (such as Address, Baudrate) for the module. The
“Configuration Window” will be shown as follow (using M-7019R as an example):
Please note: The following parameters has to be accurate to connect with
PMC/PMD properly:
303
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Communication Protocol: has to be set as Modbus RTU.
Address: the address has to be set between 1~64, please note: the configuration of M-7000 module address on PMC/PMD has to be set exactly the same.
Baudrate: the Baudrate has to be set the same as the Baudrate of PMC/PMD
COM Port which the module will connect. All M-7000 modules’ Baudrate have to be set the same as well
Data format: set to be “Engineering” format.
Please complete others setting of M-7000/DL module according to system’s requirement. For more detailed information, please refer to DCON Utility manual as below. http://ftp.icpdas.com/pub/cd/8000cd/napdos/driver/dcon_utility/manual/
3.
For others ICP DAS I/O module, please refer to related user manual for the configuration setting. In order to accurately connect with PMC/PMD, please make sure of the COM port setting (Module address (1~128), Baudrate, Parity) or Ethernet setting (IP address, Connection Port (1~65535), NetID (1~247)).
Please follow the links as below for the user manual of the related ICP DAS I/O modules.
DL-100 module
下載位址 http://ftp.icpdas.com.tw/pub/cd/usbcd/napdos/dl_100/dl100tm4
85/documents/
檔名 dl_100tm485_v XXX .pdf
DL-302 module
下載位址 http://ftp.icpdas.com.tw/pub/cd/usbcd/napdos/dl-300/document/
檔名 dl300_user_manial_english_v XXX .pdf
304
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix V
：
The AI Channel setting of XW310C
The XW310C provides the Differential and Single-Ended operation modes for the AI channel. User can switch the operation modes by change the positions of the Jumpers and Switches of the XW310C. Please refer to the figure as below for detailed information.
After complete the hardware setting, remember to complete the setting of XW310C
AI channel operation mode on PMC-5151 Web page as well(shown as below).
305
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix VI
：
The SNMP Variables for PMC/PMD
The PMC/PMD provides SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) Agent to work with the SNMP Network Management software for monitoring the system data, power meter data and I/O module data. The following table lists the SNMP variables for the PMC/PMD.
RFC1213 MIB II Supported SNMP Variables
The following SNMP variables are built into the PMC/PMD SNMP Agent and are compliant with RFC1213 MIB II.
SysDescr SysObjectID SysUpTime
System SysContact
SysServices
SysName SysLocation
Interface
IfNumber
IfType ifPhysAddress ifLastChange ifIndex ifMtu ifAdminStatus ifInOctets ifInNUcastPkts ifInDiscards ifInUnknownProtos ifOutUcastPkts ifOutNUcastPkts ifOutErrors ifOutQLen ifDescr ifSpeed ifOperStatus ifInUcastPkts ifInErrors ifOutOctets ifOutDiscards ifSpecific
MIB II
IP ipForwarding ipInHdrErrors ipDefaultTTL ipInAddrErrors ipInUnknownProtos ipInReceives ipForwDatagrams ipInDiscards ipInDelivers ipOutRequests ipOutNoRoutes ipReasmTimeout ipReasmOKs ipReasmFails ipOutDiscards ipReasmReqds ipFragOKs ipFragFails ipAdEntIfIndex ipFragCreates ipAdEntAddr ipAdEntNetMask ipAdEntBcastAddr ipAdEntReasmMaxSize ipRouteDest ipRouteIfIndex ipRouteMetric2 ipRouteMetric3 ipRouteMetric1 ipRouteMetric4 ipRouteNextHop ipRouteType ipRouteProto ipRouteAge ipRouteInfo ipRouteMask ipRouteMetric5 pRoutingDiscards
306
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual icmpInMsgs icmpInErrors icmpInDestUnreachs icmpInTimeExcds icmpInParmProbs icmpInSrcQuenchs icmpInRedirects icmpInEchos
ICMP icmpInEchoReps icmpInTimestampReps icmpInTimestamps icmpInAddrMasks icmpInAddrMaskReps icmpOutErrors icmpOutMsgs icmpOutDestUnreachs icmpOutTimeExcds icmpSrcQuenchs icmpRedirects icmpOutEchoReps impOutTimestampReps impOutAddrMaskReps icmpOutParmProbs icmpOutEchos icmpOutTimestamps impOutAddrMasks
TCP tpRtoAlgorithm tcpMaxConn tcpAttempFails tcpInSegs tcpConnState tcpConnLocalPort tcpConnRemPort
UdpInDatagrams tcpRtoMin tcpActiveOpens tcpEstabResets tcpRtoMax tcpPassiveOpens tcpCurrEstab tcpOutSegs tcpRetransSegs tcpConnLocalAddress tcpConnRemAddress tcpInErrs tcpOutRsts
UdpNoPorts UdpInErrors
UDP
UdpOutDatagrams UdpLocalAddress UdpLocalPort
SNMP
SnmpInPkts snmpInBadVersions snmpOutPkts snmpInBadCommunityNames snmpInBadCommunityUses snmpInASNParseErrs snmpInTooBigs snmpInNoSuchNames snmpInBadValues snmpInReadOnlys snmpInGenErrs snmpInTotalReqVars snmpInTotalSetVars snmpInGetRequests snmpInSetRequests snmpInTraps snmpOutNoSuchNames snmpOutGenErrs snmpOutGetNexts snmpOutGetResponses snmpEnableAuthenTraps snmpInGetNexts snmpInGetResponses snmpOutTooBigs snmpOutBadValues snmpOutGetRequests snmpOutSetRequests snmpOutTraps
307
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Private MIB File and SNMP Variables
PMC/PMD provides the SNMP Agent can be used to monitor the system status, power meter status and I/O module status with the SNMP Network Management software. You can find the PMC/PMD SNMP MIB file on the Software CD or from the ICP DAS PMMS Web site.
PMC-5151 serialNumber systemCurrentTime modbusTcpNetID firmwareVersion webserverPort nickname modbusTcpPort microSDFreeSpace xwBoardAmount
System powerMeterAmount contractCapacity ioModuleAmount demandInterval carbonFootprintFactor
Power Meter1 (On Com2) modemStatus registerStatus signal com2pm1Index com2pm1ModbusID com2pm1Interface com2pm1Name com2pm1PTIndex com2pm1PTValue com2pm1PTIndex com2pm1CTValue om2pm1DOAmount com2pm1PollingTimeout com2pm1RetryInterval c com2pm1ScanRate com2pm1ChSubmeterIndex com2pm1StatusCode com2pm1ChName com2pm1ChVoltage com2pm1ChKW com2pm1ChCurrent com2pm1ChKvar com2pm1ChKVA com2pm1ChPF com2pm1ChKWh com2pm1ChKvarh com2pm1ChKVAh com2pm1ChActualDemand com2pm1ChForecastDemand com2pm1ChMaxDemandD com2pm1ChMaxDemandH com2pm1ChMaxDemandM com2pm1ChElectricityD com2pm1ChElectricityY com2pm1ChElectricityM com2pm1DOIndex com2pm1DOName com2pm1DOValue com2pm1HarmonicSubmeterIndex com2pm1HarmonicSelector com2pm1HarmonicVTHD com2pm1HarmonicITHD
308
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the Power Meter connected with PMC-5151.
Every power meter that is connected to PMC-5151 provides the SNMP Variables as above (with its specific prefix denoted).
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on Com2
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are shown as above (with prefix com2 pm 1 ), the Power
Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com2 pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com2 pm 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on Com3
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix com3 pm 1 , the Power Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com3 pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com3 pm 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on LAN
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix lan pm 1 , t he Power Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix lan pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix lan pm 16 instead . xwBoardName xwBoardDIAmount xwBoard
I/O Module1(On Com2) xwBoardDOAmount xwBoardAIAmount xwBoardAOAmount xwBoardDIIndex xwBoardDIValue xwBoardDIName xwBoardDICounterType xwBoardDICounterInitValue xwBoardDOIndex xwBoardDICounterValue xwBoardDOName xwBoardDOValue xwBoardDOPowerOnValue xwBoardDOAdvFunction xwBoardAIIndex xwBoardAIType xwBoardAIName xwBoardAIValue xwBoardAIDeadband xwBoardAIScaleMin xwBoardAOIndex xwBoardAIScaleMax xwBoardAOName xwBoardAOValue xwBoardAOType com2io1Index com2io1ModbusID com2io1ConnectionStatus com2io1CoilOutputAmount com2io1HoldingRegAmount xwBoardAOPowerOnValue com2io1Interface com2io1ModuleName com2io1DiscInputAmount com2io1InputRegAmount com2io1DiscInputIndex
309
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual com2io1DiscInputName com2io1DiscInputModbusAdd com2io1DiscInputResetCounter com2io1CoilOutputName com2io1CoilOutputModbusAdd com2io1InputRegIndex com2io1InputRegValue com2io1InputRegType com2io1InputRegOffset com2io1InputRegScaleMin com2io1HoldingRegIndex com2io1HoldingRegValue com2io1HoldingRegType com2io1DiscInputValue com2io1DiscInputCounterValue com2io1CoilOutputIndex com2io1CoilOutputValue com2io1CoilOutputAdvFunction com2io1InputRegName com2io1InputRegModbusAdd com2io1InputRegScaleRatio com2io1InputRegDeadband com2io1InputRegScaleMax com2io1HoldingRegName com2io1HoldingRegModbusAdd com2io1HoldingRegScaleRatio com2io1HoldingRegOffset com2io1HoldingRegDeadband
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules that are connected to PMC-5151.
Every I/O module that is connected to PMC-5151 provides the SNMP Variables as above (with its specific prefix denoted).
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on Com2
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are shown as above (with prefix com2 io 1 ), the I/O Module2
SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com2 io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com2 io 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on Com3
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix com3 io 1 , the I/O Module2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com3 io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com3 io 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on LAN
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix lan io 1 , t he I/O Module2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix lan io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix lan io 16 instead .
otherInfo irIndex irName irValue pueIndex pueName pueTotalEnergy pueITEnergy pueValue
310
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
System
Power Meter1
(On Com3)
PMC-52xx Series serialNumber systemCurrentTime modbusTcpNetID firmwareVersion webserverPort nickname modbusTcpPort microSDFreeSpace xwBoardAmount powerMeterAmount contractCapacity ioModuleAmount demandInterval carbonFootprintFactor cellularIP cellularSignal cellularSignalPercent com3pm1Index com3pm1ModbusID com3pm1Interface com3pm1Name com3pm1PTIndex com3pm1PTValue com3pm1PTIndex com3pm1CTValue com3pm1DOAmount com3pm1PollingTimeout com3pm1RetryInterval c com3pm1ScanRate com3pm1ChSubmeterIndex com3pm1StatusCode com3pm1ChName com3pm1ChVoltage com3pm1ChKW com3pm1ChCurrent com3pm1ChKvar com3pm1ChKVA com3pm1ChPF com3pm1ChKWh com3pm1ChKvarh com3pm1ChKVAh com3pm1ChActualDemand com3pm1ChForecastDemand com3pm1ChMaxDemandD com3pm1ChMaxDemandH com3pm1ChMaxDemandM com3pm1ChElectricityD com3pm1ChElectricityY com3pm1DOName com3pm1HarmonicSubmeterIndex com3pm1HarmonicVTHD com3pm1ChElectricityM com3pm1DOIndex com3pm1DOValue com3pm1HarmonicSelector com3pm1HarmonicITHD
311
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the Power Meter connected with PMC-52xx.
Every power meter that is connected to PMC-52xx provides the SNMP Variables as above (with its specific prefix denoted).
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on Com3
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are shown as above (with prefix com3 pm 1 ), the Power
Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com3 pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com3 pm 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on Com4
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix com4 pm 1 , the Power Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com4 pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com4 pm 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on LAN
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix lan pm 1 , t he Power Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix lan pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix lan pm 16 instead . xvBoardName xvBoardDIAmount xvBoard
I/O Module1
(On Com3) xvBoardDOAmount xvBoardAIAmount xvBoardAOAmount xvBoardDIValue xvBoardDIIndex xvBoardDIName xvBoardDICounterType xvBoardDICounterInitValue xvBoardDOIndex xvBoardDICounterValue xvBoardDOName xvBoardDOValue xvBoardDOPowerOnValue xvBoardDOAdvFunction xvBoardAIIndex xvBoardAIType xvBoardAIName xvBoardAIValue xvBoardAIDeadband xvBoardAIScaleMin xvBoardAOIndex xvBoardAIScaleMax xvBoardAOName xvBoardAOValue xvBoardAOType com3io1Index com3io1ModbusID com3io1ConnectionStatus com3io1CoilOutputAmount com3io1HoldingRegAmount xvBoardAOPowerOnValue com3io1Interface com3io1ModuleName com3io1DiscInputAmount com3io1InputRegAmount com3io1DiscInputIndex
312
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual com3io1DiscInputName com3io1DiscInputModbusAdd com3io1DiscInputResetCounter com3io1CoilOutputName com3io1CoilOutputModbusAdd com3io1InputRegIndex com3io1InputRegValue com3io1InputRegType com3io1InputRegOffset com3io1InputRegScaleMin com3io1HoldingRegIndex com3io1HoldingRegValue com3io1HoldingRegType com3io1DiscInputValue com3io1DiscInputCounterValue com3io1CoilOutputIndex com3io1CoilOutputValue com3io1CoilOutputAdvFunction com3io1InputRegName com3io1InputRegModbusAdd com3io1InputRegScaleRatio com3io1InputRegDeadband com3io1InputRegScaleMax com3io1HoldingRegName com3io1HoldingRegModbusAdd com3io1HoldingRegScaleRatio com3io1HoldingRegOffset com3io1HoldingRegDeadband
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules that are connected to PMC-52xx.
Every I/O module that is connected to PMC-52xx provides the SNMP Variables as above (with its specific prefix denoted).
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on Com3
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are shown as above (with prefix com3 io 1 ), the I/O Module2
SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com3 io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com3 io 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on Com4
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix com4 io 1 , the I/O Module2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com4 io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com4 io 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on LAN
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix lan io 1 , t he I/O Module2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix lan io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix lan io 16 instead .
otherInfo irIndex irName irValue pueIndex pueName pueTotalEnergy pueITEnergy pueValue
313
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
PMD Series serialNumber systemCurrentTime firmwareVersion webserverPort nickname modbusTcpPort modbusTcpNetID microSDFreeSpace powerMeterAmount
System
ioModuleAmount demandInterval modemStatus registerStatus
contractCapacity signal carbonFootprintFactor
Power Meter1 (On Com1) com1pm1Index com1pm1ModbusID com1pm1Interface com1pm1Name com1pm1PTIndex com1pm1PTValue com1pm1CTIndex com1pm1CTValue com1pm1DOAmount com1pm1PollingTimeout com1pm1RetryInterval c com1pm1ScanRate com1pm1ChSubmeterIndex com1pm1StatusCode com1pm1ChName com1pm1ChVoltage com1pm1ChKW com1pm1ChCurrent com1pm1ChKvar com1pm1ChKVA com1pm1ChPF com1pm1ChKWh com1pm1ChKvarh com1pm1ChKVAh com1pm1ChActualDemand com1pm1ChForecastDemand com1pm1ChMaxDemandD com1pm1ChMaxDemandH com1pm1ChMaxDemandM com1pm1ChElectricityD com1pm1ChElectricityY com1pm1ChElectricityM com1pm1DOIndex com1pm1DOName com1pm1DOValue com1pm1HarmonicSubmeterIndex com1pm1HarmonicSelector com1pm1HarmonicVTHD com1pm1HarmonicITHD
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the Power Meter connected with PMD series
Every power meter that is connected to PMD-2201/PMD-4201 provides the SNMP Variables as above (with its specific prefix denoted).
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on Com1
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are shown as above (with prefix com1 pm 1 ), the Power
Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com1 pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com1 pm 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on Com2
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix com2 pm 1 , the Power Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with
314
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual prefix com2 pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com2 pm 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the power meters on LAN
The Power Meter1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix lan pm 1 , t he Power Meter2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix lan pm 2 instead , and the Power Meter16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix lan pm 16 instead . com1io1Index com1io1ModbusID com1io1ConnectionStatus com1io1CoilOutputAmount com1io1Interface com1io1ModuleName com1io1DiscInputAmount com1io1InputRegAmount com1io1HoldingRegAmount com1io1DiscInputName com1io1DiscInputIndex com1io1DiscInputValue com1io1DiscInputModbusAdd com1io1DiscInputCounterValue com1io1DiscInputResetCounter com1io1CoilOutputName com1io1CoilOutputIndex com1io1CoilOutputValue
I/O Module1(On Com1) com1io1CoilOutputModbusAdd com1io1InputRegIndex com1io1InputRegValue com1io1InputRegType com1io1InputRegOffset com1io1CoilOutputAdvFunction com1io1InputRegName com1io1InputRegModbusAdd com1io1InputRegScaleRatio com1io1InputRegDeadband com1io1InputRegScaleMin com1io1HoldingRegIndex com1io1HoldingRegValue com1io1InputRegScaleMax com1io1HoldingRegName com1io1HoldingRegModbusAdd com1io1HoldingRegType com1io1HoldingRegOffset com1io1HoldingRegScaleRatio com1io1HoldingRegDeadband
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules that are connected to PMD series.
Every I/O module that is connected to PMD-2201/PMD-4201 provides the SNMP Variables as above (with its specific prefix denoted).
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on Com1
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are shown as above (with prefix com1 io 1 ), the I/O
Module2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com1 io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com1 io 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on Com2
315
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix com2 io 1 , the I/O Module2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix com2 io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix com2 io 16 instead .
The SNMP Variables naming rule of the I/O modules on LAN
The I/O Module1 SNMP Variables are similar as listed information above but with prefix lan io 1 , t he I/O Module2 SNMP Variables are similar to listed information above but with prefix lan io 2 instead , and the I/O Module16 SNMP Variables are also similar to the listed information above but with prefix lan io 16 instead .
otherInfo irIndex irName pueIndex pueName pueTotalEnergy pueITEnergy irValue pueValue
316
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix VII
：
Change the value of output channel of module or
Internal Register by MQTT protocol
PMC-52xx/PMD supports the MQTT protocol. User can use it to change the value of the Internal Register of PMC-52xx/PMD or the value of the output channel of I/O module or power meter module which connect to PMC-52xx/PMD. Based on MQTT, user just needs to publish the specific topics to Broker, and PMC-52xx/PMD will automatically subscribe and receive the specific topics to complete the action.
Following will list the format of Public topic to the related output channel of module and Internal Register.
DO channel of ICP DAS XV-Board
Prefix /SET/xvboard/do/ channel_no
Topic Prefix channel_no
Please refer to 9.3 MQTT Setting
0~15
Message 0 or 1
AO channel of ICP DAS XV-Board
Prefix /SET/xvboard/ao/ channel_no
Topic Prefix channel_no
Please refer to 9.3 MQTT Setting
0~15
Message Floating value
The DO channel of ICP DAS I/O module or power meter module
Prefix /SET/ interface / module_no /do/ channel_no
Topic
Prefix interface module_no channel_no
Please refer to 9.3 MQTT Setting
com3, com4 or lan
1~16
0~15
Message 0 or 1
317
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The AO channel of ICP DAS I/O module
Prefix /SET/ interface / module_no /ao/ channel_no
Topic
Prefix interface module_no channel_no
Please refer to 9.3 MQTT Setting
com3, com4 or lan
1~16
0~15
Message Floating value
The Coil Output channel of others I/O module
Prefix /SET/ interface / module_no / coil_output / channel_ address
Topic
Prefix interface
Please refer to 9.3 MQTT Setting
com3 、 com4 or lan module_no 1~16 channel_address 0~99999
Message 0 or 1
The Holding Register channel of others I/O module
Prefix /SET/ interface / module_no / holding_register / channel_address
Topic
Prefix interface module_no
Please refer to 9.3 MQTT Setting
com3
1~16
、 com4 or lan channel_address 0~99999
Message Floating value
The Internal Register
Prefix /SET/ir/ ir_no
Topic Prefix ir_no
Please refer to 9.3 MQTT Setting
1~70
Message Floating value
318
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix VIII
：
The JSON format for the communication with IoT
Platform
PMC-52xx/PMD supports the functions to publish the JSON format messages to
Microsoft Azure and IBM Bluemix IoT Cloud platforms, and also subscribe/receive the JSON format messages from IoT Cloud platform to change the value of the output channel of I/O modules or power meter modules that are connected to
PMC-52xx/PMD. The following lists the detailed information of JSON format message with PMC-52xx/PMD.
Message format
{
"msg_type" : " CHANNEL_UPDATE " The "CHANNEL_UPDATE" type of message indicates the message published by
PMC-52xx/PMD to inform IoT
Cloud platform the update of the power data or I/O channel data.
"if_type"
" CHANNEL_OUTPUT " If PMC-52xx/PMD receives the message in the type of
"CHANNEL_OUTPUT", then
PMC-52xx/PMD will perform the task to change the value of the output channel.
: It indicates the connection interface between PMC-52xx/PMD and the power meter or I/O module where the channel resides.
The following table shows the code and the interface it represents.
0
1
XV-Board
COM Port
2 Ethernet
"com_port" : "3" indicates the connection interface between
PMC-52xx/PMD and the power meter or I/O module is COM port 3. "4" indicates the connection interface between
PMC-52xx/PMD and the power meter or I/O module is COM
319
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual port 4. If the connection interface is XV-Board or Ethernet, please ignore this field.
"module_no" : The number indicates the order that the data of the power module or I/O module being stored in the PMC-52xx/PMD
Modbus Table. The range is 1~16. If the connection interface is XV-Board, please ignore this field.
"ch_type" : It indicates the type of the power data or I/O data. The following table shows the code and the power data type or I/O channel type it represents. v i
Voltage
Current kw kvar kva pf kW kvar kVA
PF kwh kvarh kvah kw_now kw_predict maxkw_hour maxkw_day maxkw_month mwh_day mwh_month mwh_year harmonic_vthd harmonic_ithd frequency di di_counter do do_counter ai ao discrete_input kWh kvarh kVAh
Actual Demand
Forecast Demand
Max. Demand (Hourly)
Max. Demand (Daily)
Max. Demand (Monthly)
Daily Accumulated Electricity
Monthly Accumulated
Electricity
Yearly Accumulated Electricity
Total Harmonic Distortio vthd
Total Harmonic Distortio ithd
Frequency
DI Channel
The counter of the DI Channel
DO Channel
The counter of the DO Channel
AI Channel
AO Channel
The data type of the Modbus
320
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual coil_output input_register module holding_register ir Internal Register
"ch_addr" : It indicates the channel/loop/phase index, Modbus address or
Internal Register number.
"nickname" : It indicates the nickname of the channel/loop/phase.
"value" : It indicates the real-time value of the channel/loop/phase.
}
Example
The following is the format to publish a message with the kwh value of Loop 2 which resides at the PM-3114 power meter with module number 5 to IoT Cloud platform. The power module is connected to the COM3 of PMC-5231.
{
"msg_type":"CHANNEL_UPDATE",
"if_type":1,
"com_port":3,
"module_no":5,
"ch_type":"kwh",
"ch_addr":2,
"nickname":"kwh power data",
"value":"101.33"
}
The following is a format to publish the message with the value of Internal
Register 13 to IoT Cloud platform.
{
"msg_type":"CHANNEL_UPDATE",
"ch_type":"ir",
"ch_addr":13,
"nickname":"function result 1",
"value":"63.87"
}
321
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
The following is a format of the received message from IoT Cloud platform, it is used to change the value of DO channel 1 which resides at the PM-3112 power meter with module number 6 to ON. The power meter module is connected to the
COM4 of PMC-5231.
{
"msg_type":" CHANNEL_OUTPUT ",
"if_type":1,
"com_port":4,
"module_no":6,
"ch_type":"do",
"ch_addr":1,
"value":"1"
}
The following is a format of the received message from IoT Cloud platform, it is used to change the value of AO channel 1 of XV-Board of PMC-5231 to 3.6.
{
"msg_type":"CHANNEL_OUTPUT",
"if_type":0,
"ch_type":"ao",
"ch_addr":1,
"value":"3.6"
}
The following is a format of the received message from IoT Cloud platform, it is used to change the value of AO channel 2 which resides at the I/O module with module number 3 to 5.0. The I/O module is connected to the COM4 of
PMC-5231.
322
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
{
"msg_type":" CHANNEL_OUTPUT ",
"if_type":1,
"com_port":4,
"module_no":3,
"ch_type":"ao",
"ch_addr":2,
"nickname":"fan speed",
"value":"5.0"
}
323
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
Appendix IX
：
PMC-52xx/PMD Connection setting for IoTstar
Please follow the steps below to complete the PMC-52xx/PMD setting for the
Network connection to the IoTstar. i. Launch a Browser to open PMC-52xx/PMD Web page. Login into the
PMC-52xx/PMD and enter the System Setting Page. ii. Make sure the firmware version of the PMC-52xx/PMD is V3.1.5
or later version. If the PMC-52xx/PMD does not install with the right firmware version. Please update the fimrawre before taking the next step.
324
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual iii. Click the "Network Setting" button on the Sub-function area to enter the
Network Setting Page. iv. Visit "Cloud Manager System Setting" section, and click “Enable” of
“Function Status” to enable the connection to the ICP DAS IoTstar.
325
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual v. Select "User-defined IP address" and in the "Server Address" field, input the IP address or Domain Name of the PC or Platform (with IoTstar installed). Enter the login username and password in the “Username” and “Password” fields.
PMC-52xx/PMD will login to the IoTstar by the information provided.
Please Note ： The "ICP DAS IoTstar - Create Account" is currently disabled and the function is reserved. Please do not click on this option.
vi. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the changes. vii. If the "Connection status" field shows the "Connected" message, it means the connection between the PMC-52xx/PMD controller and IoTstar is in normal status. The authorized users now can login to the IoTstar (with the username and password set in “Step V”) to perform remote monitoring and maintenance of the PMC-52xx/PMD. viii. To enable the PMC-52xx/PMD's Power meter and I/O Module Data logger files upload operation; click "Logger Setting
Cloud Upload Setting", and get into the "Cloud Upload Setting" page. In the “Function Status” field, check
326
ICP DAS PMC/PMD Series User Manual
“Enable” to enable the Cloud Upload function and select the Data Log file type you would like to upload. After all settings are completed, click “Save” button to save the setting, and then click the “Save” button on the right upper of PMC-52xx/PMD Web page to save all parameter settings to
PMC-52xx/PMD, then PMC-52xx/PMD will start to upload the Data Logger files to the IoTstar.
327
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement